Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

Со всех языков на:
Все языки
Со всех языков на:
Все языки
Английский
Испанский
Немецкий

in some respects the old one is better

Толкование Перевод

1 respect

rə'spekt
1. noun
1) (admiration; good opinion: He is held in great respect by everyone; He has no respect for politicians.) respeto

2) (consideration; thoughtfulness; willingness to obey etc: He shows no respect for his parents.) respeto

3) (a particular detail, feature etc: These two poems are similar in some respects.) aspecto

2. verb
1) (to show or feel admiration for: I respect you for what you did.) respetar

2) (to show consideration for, a willingness to obey etc: One should respect other people's feelings/property.) respetar

•

- respectable
- respectably
- respectability
- respectful
- respectfully
- respectfulness
- respecting
- respective
- respectively
- respects
- pay one's respects to someone
- pay one's respects
- with respect to

respect¹ n

1. respeto

I have great respect for the president tengo mucho respeto al presidente

2. sentido / respecto

in some respects, the old model is better en algunos sentidos, el modelo viejo es mejor

respect² vb respetar

everyone respects the president todo el mundo respeta al presidente

respect

tr[rɪ'spekt]

noun

1 (admiration, consideration) respeto

2 (aspect) respecto

■ in some respects the old one is better en algunos sentidos el antiguo está mejor

transitive verb

1 respetar

\

SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL

to have no respect for no respetar

to pay one's respects to somebody presentar sus respetos a alguien

to pay one's last respects to somebody rendir el último homenaje a alguien, dar el último adiós a alguien

with all due respect con el debido respeto

with respect to con respecto a

respect [ri'spɛkt] vt

: respetar, estimar

respect n

1) reference: relación f, respeto m

with respect to: en lo que respecta a

2) esteem: respeto m, estima f

3) detail, particular: detalle m, sentido m, respeto m

in some respects: en algunos sentidos

4) respects npl

: respetos mpl

to pay one's respects: presentar uno susrespetos

respect

n.

• acatamiento s.m.

• acato s.m.

• consideración s.f.

• decoro s.m.

• estima s.f.

• honra s.f.

• respecto s.m.

• respeto s.m.

v.

• acatar v.

• atenerse a v.

• estimar v.

• respetar v.

I rɪ'spekt
noun

1)

a) u ( esteem) respeto m

to have respect for somebody — respetar alguien

with all due respect — con el debido respeto

b) u ( consideration) consideración f, respeto m

out of respect for her feelings — por consideración or respeto hacia sus sentimientos

she has no respect for his wishes — no respeta sus deseos

c) respects pl respetos mpl

to pay one's respects to somebody — presentarle sus (or mis etc) respetos a alguien

2)

a) c (way, aspect) sentido m, respecto m

in all respects, in every respect — desde todo punto de vista, en todo sentido

in this respect — en cuanto a esto, en lo que a esto se refiere, en este sentido

b) (in phrases)

in respect of — (frml) con respecto a, en relación con, con relación a

with respect to — (frml) ( introducing subject) en lo que concierne a (frml), en cuanto a; ( in relation to) con respecto a, con relación a

II

transitive verb

a) ( hold in esteem) \<\<person/ability\>\> respetar

b) ( have consideration for) \<\<feelings/wishes\>\> respetar, tener* en cuenta

c) ( obey) \<\<rule/authority\>\> respetar, acatar

[rɪs'pekt]
1. N

1) (=consideration) respeto m, consideración f

• she has no respect for other people's feelings — no respeta los sentimientos de los demás

• out of respect for sth/sb — por respeto a algo/algn, por consideración hacia algo/algn

I didn't mention it, out of respect for Alan — no lo mencioné por respeto a or por consideración hacia Alan

• to treat sb with respect — tratar a algn respetuosamente or con respeto

the drink is quite strong so treat it with respect — la bebida es bastante fuerte, así que ten cuidado

• without respect to the consequences — sin tener en cuenta las consecuencias

2) (=admiration, esteem) respeto m

• to command respect — imponer respeto, hacerse respetar

• to earn or gain sb's respect — ganarse el respeto de algn

• we have the greatest respect for him — le respetamos muchísimo

• she is held in great respect by her employees — sus empleados le tienen mucho respeto, sus empleados la respetan mucho

• show some respect! — ¡un poco de respeto!

• to win sb's respect — ganarse el respeto de algn

• with (all due) respect — con el debido respeto

with all due respect, you have no experience in this field — con el debido respeto or con todo el respeto del mundo, no tienes experiencia en este campo

3) respects respetos mpl frm, recuerdos mpl, saludos mpl

• give my respects to everyone — da recuerdos or saludos a todos de mi parte

• to pay one's respects to sb — frm presentar sus respetos a algn

to pay one's last respects to sb — presentar mis/tus/sus etc últimos respetos a algn

• John sends his respects — John os manda recuerdos or saludos

4) (=point, detail) aspecto m, sentido m

• in all respects — en todos los aspectos or sentidos

• in certain respects — hasta cierto punto, en cierta medida, en cierto modo

• in every respect — en todos los aspectos or sentidos

• their policies differ in one respect — sus políticas difieren en un aspecto

• in other respects — por lo demás

• in some/ many respects — en algunos/muchos aspectos or sentidos

• in this respect — en este sentido

5) (=reference, regard) respecto m

• in respect of — frm respecto a or de

• with respect to — frm en lo que respecta a, con respecto a

2. VT

1) (=esteem) respetar

• I want him to respect me as a career woman — quiero que me respete como mujer de carrera

I respect him as a musician — lo respeto como músico

2) (=have consideration for) [+ wishes, privacy, opinions] respetar

3) (=observe) [+ law, treaty] acatar

4)

• as respects — por lo que respecta a, en lo concerniente a

* * *

I [rɪ'spekt]
noun

1)

a) u ( esteem) respeto m

to have respect for somebody — respetar alguien

with all due respect — con el debido respeto

b) u ( consideration) consideración f, respeto m

out of respect for her feelings — por consideración or respeto hacia sus sentimientos

she has no respect for his wishes — no respeta sus deseos

c) respects pl respetos mpl

to pay one's respects to somebody — presentarle sus (or mis etc) respetos a alguien

2)

a) c (way, aspect) sentido m, respecto m

in all respects, in every respect — desde todo punto de vista, en todo sentido

in this respect — en cuanto a esto, en lo que a esto se refiere, en este sentido

b) (in phrases)

in respect of — (frml) con respecto a, en relación con, con relación a

with respect to — (frml) ( introducing subject) en lo que concierne a (frml), en cuanto a; ( in relation to) con respecto a, con relación a

II

transitive verb

a) ( hold in esteem) \<\<person/ability\>\> respetar

b) ( have consideration for) \<\<feelings/wishes\>\> respetar, tener* en cuenta

c) ( obey) \<\<rule/authority\>\> respetar, acatar

English-spanish dictionary > respect
2 AT

I) prep.

A. with dative.

I. Of motion;

1) towards, against;

Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;

hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;

2) close atup to;

Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;

þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;

3) to, at;

koma at landi, to come to land;

ganga at dómi, to go into court;

4) along (= eptir);

ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;

dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;

refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;

5) denoting hostility;

renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;

gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;

6) around;

vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;

bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;

7) denoting business, engagement;

ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;

fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.

II. Of position, &c.;

1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;

at kirkju, at church;

at dómi, in court;

at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;

2) denoting participation in;

vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;

vera at vígi, to be an accessory in man-slaying;

3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;

kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;

var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;

4) with proper names of places (farms);

konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;

biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;

at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;

5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;

at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;

at Marðar, at Mara’s home;

at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;

at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).

III. Of time;

1) at, in;

at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;

at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;

at páskum, at Easter;

at kveldi, at eventide;

at þinglausnum, at the close of the Assembly;

at fjöru, at the ebb;

at flœðum, at the floodtide;

2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;

at ári komanda, next year;

at vári, er kemr, next spring;

generally with ‘komanda’ understood;

at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;

3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;

at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;

at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;

at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;

at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;

at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;

at honum önduðum, after his death;

4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;

hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;

skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;

at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.

IV. fig. and in various uses;

1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;

brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;

verða at ormi, to become a snake;

2) for, as;

gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;

eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;

3) by;

taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;

draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;

kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;

4) as regards as to;

auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;

vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;

5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;

ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;

6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;

faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);

aðili at sök = aðili sakar;

7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;

hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;

mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;

tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;

kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;

8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;

Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);

þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;

hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;

9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);

at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;

at landslögum, by the law of the land;

at vánum, as was to be expected;

at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;

10) in adverbial phrases;

gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;

bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;

at fullu, fully;

at vísu, surely;

at frjálsu, freely;

at eilífu, for ever and ever;

at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;

at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;

at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.

B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);

sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;

eiga féránsdóm at e-n, to hold a court of execution upon a person;

at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;

connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;

at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.

II)

1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;

at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;

2) in an objective sense;

hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;

gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;

3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).

III)

1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;

hón grét at meir, she wept the more;

þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;

þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;

2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);

þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;

sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.

IV)

conj., that;

1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;

þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;

vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;

2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;

svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;

3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);

4) since, because, as (= því at);

5) connected with þó, því, svá;

þó at (with subj.), though, although;

því at, because, for;

svá at, so that;

6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;

þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;

þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;

áðr at (= á. en), before;

7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;

Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;

in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.

V)

negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.

VI)

n. an incited conflict or fight ( see etja);

odda at, Yggs at, battle.

* * *

1.

and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is að (aþ); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (að), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.

Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.

WITH DAT.

A. LOC.

I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:

1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.

2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.

3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)

4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.

5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.

β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.

6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.

β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.

γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.

7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.

β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.

8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.

β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.

II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.

2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.

3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:

α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.

β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.

γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.

4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.

5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.

6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.

β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.

γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.

7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.

B. TEMP.

I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.

II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.

β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.

III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:

1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,

2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.

IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:

1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.

2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.

3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.

V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.

2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.

C. METAPH. and in various cases:

I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:

α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.

β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.

II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.

2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.

III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.

IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.

2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)

3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.

4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.

5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.

6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.

β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.

V. denoting the source of a thing:

1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.

2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.

VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.

VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.

VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.

β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.

IX. following many words:

1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.

β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …

γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.

δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.

2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.

3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.

WITH ACC.

TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.

☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.

2.

and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.

I. it is used either,

1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,

2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.

β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).

3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.

II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:

α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.

β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.

γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.

δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.

ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.

ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.

η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.

θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.

3.

and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.

I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.

II. it is used,

1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.

2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.

β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.

γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.

III. used in connection with conjunctions,

1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.

α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yet—though, Lat. attamen —etsi, K. Þ. K.

β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.

γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.

2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.

IV. as a relat. conj.:

1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.

2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.

V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.

4.

and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.

5.

n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.

β. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at and etja.

6.

the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AT
3 Weg

Adv. away; (weggegangen sein, verloren) gone; (nicht zu Hause) not in; meine Uhr ist weg my watch is ( oder has) gone; der Zug, die Maschine etc. ist schon weg has (already) left; weg da! umg. get away!; weg damit! umg. take it away!; Finger oder Hände weg! umg. hands off!; nichts wie weg! umg. let’s get out of here, scram! Sl.; weg sein umg. (bewusstlos) be out (for the count); nach Alkohol: be gone; (geistesabwesend) be miles away, be away with the fairies; ganz ( hin und) weg sein umg. (begeistert) be thrilled to bits, be over the moon; ich bin darüber weg I’ve got over it, I’m over it; in einem weg umg. non-stop; Fenster etc.

* * *

der Weg

(Methode) way; approach;

(Spaziergang) walk;

(Strecke) course; route; road;

(kleine Straße) path; way; track; pathway; lane

* * *
[veːk]
m -(e)s, -e
[-gə]
1) (=Pfad, Gehweg fig) path; (= Waldweg, Wanderweg etc) track, path; (= Straße) road

am Wége — by the wayside

woher des Wég(e)s? (old) — where have you come from?, whence comest thou? (obs)

wohin des Wég(e)s? (old) — where are you going to?, whither goest thou? (obs)

des Wég(e)s kommen (old) — to come walking/riding etc up

in einer Gegend Wég und Steg kennen — to know an area like the back of one's hand

jdm in den Wég treten, jdm den Wég versperren or verstellen — to block or bar sb's way

jdm/einer Sache im Wég stehen (fig) — to stand in the way of sb/sth

sich selbst im Wég stehen (fig) — to be one's own worst enemy

jdm Hindernisse or Steine in den Wég legen (fig) — to put obstructions in sb's way

jdm nicht über den Wég trauen (fig) — not to trust sb an inch

jdn aus dem Wég räumen (fig) — to get rid of sb

etw aus dem Wég räumen (fig) — to remove sth; Missverständnisse to clear sth up

neue Wége beschreiten (fig) — to tread new paths

den Wég der Sünde/Tugend gehen — to follow the path of sin/virtue

die Wége Gottes — the ways of the Lord

den Wég des geringsten Widerstandes gehen — to follow the line of least resistance

der Wég zur Hölle ist mit guten Vorsätzen gepflastert (Prov) — the road to Hell is paved with good intentions (prov)

See:

→ irdisch

2) (lit, fig = Route) way; (= Entfernung) distance; (= Reise) journey; (zu Fuß) walk; (fig zum Erfolg) way, road; (= Bildungsweg) road

ich muss diesen Wég jeden Tag zweimal gehen/fahren — I have to walk/drive this stretch twice a day

auf dem Wég nach London/zur Arbeit — on the way to London/work

auf dem Wég zu jdm/nach einem Ort sein — to be on the or one's way to sb's/a place

sich auf den Wég machen — to set off

6 km Wég — 6 kms away

noch zwei Stunden/ein Stück Wég vor sich haben — to still have two hours/some distance to travel

jdn ein Stück Wég(es) begleiten (geh) — to accompany sb part of the way

mein erster Wég war zur Bank — the first thing I did was go to the bank

jdn auf seinem letzten Wég begleiten (euph) — to pay one's last respects to sb

seiner Wége gehen (geh) (lit) — to go on one's way; (fig) to go one's own way

welchen Wég haben sie eingeschlagen? (lit) — what road did they take?

einen neuen Wég einschlagen (fig) — to follow a new avenue; (beruflich) to follow a new career

den falschen/richtigen Wég einschlagen — to follow the wrong/right path or road or (fig) avenue

jdm etw mit auf den Wég geben (lit) — to give sb sth to take with him/her etc

jdm einen guten Rat mit auf den Wég geben — to give sb good advice to follow in life

jdm/einer Sache aus dem Wég gehen (lit) — to get out of sb's way/the way of sth; (fig) to avoid sb/sth

jdm über den Wég laufen (fig) — to run into sb

seinen Wég (im Leben/Beruf) machen (fig) — to make one's way in life/one's career

seinen Wég nehmen (fig) — to take its course

etw in die Wége leiten — to arrange sth

etw auf den Wég bringen — to get sth under way

jdm/sich den Wég verbauen — to ruin sb's/one's chances or prospects (für of)

auf dem besten Wég sein, etw zu tun — to be well on the way to doing sth

der gerade Wég ist der kürzeste or beste (Prov) — honesty is the best policy

3) (= Mittel, Art und Weise) way; (= Methode) method

auf welchem Wég kommt man am schnellsten zu Geld? — what's the fastest way of making or to make money?

auf welchem Wég sind Sie zu erreichen? — how can I get in touch with you?

auf diesem Wége — this way

auf diplomatischem Wége — through diplomatic channels

auf gesetzlichem or legalem Wége — legally, by legal means

auf künstlichem Wége — artificially, by artificial means

See:

= zuwege

4) (inf = Besorgung) errand

* * *

1) (to or at a distance from the person speaking or the person or thing spoken about: He lives three miles away (from the town); Go away!; Take it away!) away

2) (in the opposite direction: She turned away so that he would not see her tears.) away

3) (a means of sending or receiving information etc: We got the information through the usual channels.) channel

4) (a narrow road or street: a winding lane.) lane

5) (the path or direction in which something moves: the course of the Nile.) course

6) (away (from a place, time etc): He walked off; She cut her hair off; The holidays are only a week off; She took off her coat.) off

7) ((any place on) the line along which someone or something is moving: She stood right in the path of the bus.) path

8) (an opening or passageway: This is the way in/out; There's no way through.) way

9) (a route, direction etc: Which way shall we go?; Which is the way to Princes Street?; His house is on the way from here to the school; Will you be able to find your/the way to my house?; Your house is on my way home; The errand took me out of my way; a motorway.) way

10) (used in the names of roads: His address is 21 Melville Way.) way

11) (a distance: It's a long way to the school; The nearest shops are only a short way away.) way

12) (used with many verbs to give the idea of progressing or moving: He pushed his way through the crowd; They soon ate their way through the food.) way

13) (a route; the correct road(s) to follow in order to arrive somewhere: We'd better look at the map because I'm not sure of the road.) road

14) (a way that leads to something: the road to peace; He's on the road to ruin.) road

15) (a path or rough road: a mountain track.) track

16) ((the distance covered during) an outing or journey on foot: She wants to go for / to take a walk; It's a long walk to the station.) walk

* * *

Weg

<-[e]s, -e>

[ve:k, pl ˈve:gə]

m

1. (Pfad) path; (Straße) road; (unbefestigte Straße) track

sie stand am \Weg she stood by the wayside

2. (Route) way

das ist der kürzeste \Weg nach Berlin this is the shortest route to Berlin

▪ auf dem \Weg [zu jdm/irgendwohin] sein to be on one's way [to sb/somewhere]

auf dem richtigen \Weg sein to be on the right track

vom \Weg abkommen to lose one's way

jdn nach dem \Wegfragen to ask sb the way

auf jds \Weg liegen to be on sb's way

sich akk auf den \Weg [irgendwohin] machen to set off [for somewhere]

es wird schon spät, ich muss mich auf den \Weg machen it's getting late, I must be on my way!

jdm den \Weg versperren to block [or bar] sb's way

3. (Strecke) way

bis zu euch muss ich einen \Weg von über drei Stunden zurücklegen I've got a journey of more than three hours to get to your place

4. (Gang, Besorgung) errand

\Wege zu erledigen haben to have some shopping to do

5. (Methode) way

es gibt keinen anderen \Weg there is no choice

auf friedlichem \Wege (geh) by peaceful means

auf illegalem \Wege by illegal means, illegally

auf schriftlichem \Wege (geh) in writing

neue \Wege gehen to follow new avenues

6. (Lebensweg) way

7.

▶ aus dem \Weg! stand aside!, make way!

geh mir aus dem \Weg! get out of my way!

▶ etw dat den \Weg bereiten to pave the way [or prepare the ground] for sth

▶ auf dem \Wege der Besserung sein (geh) to be on the road to recovery

▶ auf dem besten \Wege sein, etw zu tun to be well on the way to doing sth

▶ etw auf den \Weg bringen to introduce sth

▶ sich dat den \Weg frei schießen to shoot one's way out

▶ jdm etw mit auf den \Weg geben to give sb sth to take with him/her

du brauchst mir nichts mit auf den \Weg zu geben, ich weiß das schon I don't need you to tell me anything, I already know

jdm eine Ermahnung/einen Ratschlag mit auf den \Weg geben to give sb a warning/piece of advice for the future

▶ seinen \Weg gehen to go one's own way

▶ seiner \Wege gehen (geh) to continue [or carry on] regardless

▶ jdm/etw aus dem \Weg gehen to avoid sb/sth

▶ den \Weg des geringsten Widerstandes gehen to take the line of least resistance

▶ jdm auf halbem \Wege entgegenkommen to meet sb halfway

▶ des \Weges kommen (geh) to approach

▶ jdm über den \Weg laufen to run into sb

lauf mir nicht noch mal über den \Weg! don't come near me again!

▶ etw in die \Wege leiten to arrange sth

▶ jdn auf seinem letzten \Weg begleiten (euph) to pay one's last respects to sb

▶ jdn aus dem \Weg räumen to get rid of sb

▶ etw aus dem \Weg räumen to remove sth

▶ vom rechten \Weg abkommen to wander from the straight and narrow fam

▶ jdm/etw im \Wege stehen to stand in the way of sb/sth

nur die Kostenfrage steht der Verwirklichung des Projekts im \Wege only the issue of cost is an obstacle to this project being implemented

▶ sich dat selbst im \Weg stehen to be one's own worst enemy

▶ jdm nicht über den \Weg trauen (fam) not to trust sb an inch

▶ hier trennen sich unsere \Wege this is where we part company

▶ sich dat einen \Weg verbauen to ruin one's chances

▶ viele \Wege führen nach Rom (prov) all roads lead to Rome prov

▶ woher des \Weg[e]s? (veraltet) where do you come from?

▶ wohin des \Weg[e]s? (veraltet) where are you going to?; s.a. Hindernis, Stein

* * *

der; Weg[e]s,Wege

1) (FußWeg) path; (FeldWeg) track

‘kein öffentlicher Weg’ — ‘no public right of way’

am Weg[e] — by the wayside

2) (Zugang) way; (Passage, Durchgang) passage

sich (Dat.) einen Weg durch etwas bahnen — clear a path or way through something

geh [mir] aus dem Weg[e] — get out of the or my way

jemandem den Weg abschneiden — head somebody off

jemandem im Weg[e] stehen od. (auch fig.) sein — be in somebody's way; (fig.)

einer Sache (Dat.) im Weg[e] stehen — stand in the way of something

jemandem aus dem Weg[e] gehen — keep out of sb's way; avoid somebody

einer Diskussion aus dem Weg[e] gehen — avoid a discussion

jemanden/etwas aus dem Weg[e] räumen — get rid of somebody/something

3) (Route, Verbindung) way; route

[jemanden] nach dem Weg fragen — ask [somebody] the way

wir haben denselben Weg — we're going the same way

das liegt auf dem/meinem Weg — that's on the/my way; (fig.)

er ist mir über den Weg gelaufen — (ugs.) I ran or bumped into him

jemandem nicht über den Weg trauen — not trust somebody an inch

den Weg des geringsten Widerstands gehen — take the line of least resistance

seinen Weg machen — make one's way [in the world]

4) (Strecke, Entfernung) distance; (Gang) walk; (Reise) journey

es sind 2 km/10 Minuten Weg — it is a distance of two kilometres/it is ten minutes' walk

er hat noch einen weiten Weg vor sich — (Dat.) he still has a long way to go

auf dem kürzesten Weg — by the shortest route

auf halbem Weg[e] — (auch fig.) halfway

sich auf den Weg machen — set off; (fig.)

jemandem einen guten Ratschlag mit auf den Weg geben — give somebody some good advice for his/her future life

etwas in die Wege leiten — get something under way

auf dem besten Weg sein, etwas zu tun — (meist iron.) be well on the way towards doing something

er ist auf dem Weg[e] der Besserung — he's on the road to recovery

5) (ugs.): (Besorgung) errand

einen Weg machen — do or run an errand

jemandem einen Weg abnehmen — run an errand for somebody

6) (Methode) way; (Mittel) means

ich sehe keinen anderen Weg — I can't see any alternative

auf schnellstem Weg[e] — as speedily as possible

auf schriftlichem Weg[e] — by letter

* * *

Weg m; -(e)s, -e

1. way (auch Richtung); (Pfad) path (auch fig und IT); (Route) route; (Gang) walk; (Besorgung) errand; (Weg zum Ziel) course;

am Wege by the wayside;

auf dem Wege on the way;

das liegt auf meinem Weg that’s on my way, I’ll be passing (by) there on my way (home etc);

einen Weg machen umg (Spaziergang) go for a walk;

jemandem über den Weg laufen umg run ( oder bump) into sb;

sich auf den Weg machen set off;

jemanden nach dem Weg fragen ask sb the way;

jemandem den Weg zeigen/beschreiben show sb the way/give sb directions;

jemandem einen Weg abnehmen spare sb the trip;

jemandem etwas mit auf den Weg geben give sb sth to take along with them, give sb sth for the journey; fig (Rat etc) give sb sth to remember;

aus dem Wege gehen get out of the way, step aside; fig steer clear (+gen of); fig → auch 2;

jemandem im Wege stehen auch fig be in sb’s way;

jemandem in den Weg treten bar sb’s way; fig get in sb’s way;

hier trennen oder

scheiden sich unsere Wege this is where we say goodbye; fig this is the parting of the ways;

Weg und Steg geh the highroads and byroads pl;

Weg und Steg kennen know every inch of the area

2. fig:

sein letzter Weg (Beerdigung) his final journey;

den Weg allen Fleisches gehen geh, euph go the way of all flesh;

etwas/jemanden aus dem Weg schaffen get rid of sth/sb;

aus dem Weg räumen (Hindernis etc) clear out of the way; umg (jemanden) get rid of sb;

der/auf dem Weg zum Erfolg the/on the road to success;

auf dem Wege der Besserung on the road to recovery;

auf dem besten Weg(e) sein zu (+inf) be well on the way to (+ger)

auf dem besten Weg(e) sein, sich zu ruinieren be heading for disaster;

auf dem richtigen Weg(e) sein be on the right track;

jemanden auf den richtigen Weg bringen put sb back on the straight and narrow;

er wird seinen Weg machen he’ll go far ( oder go places);

ich traue ihm nicht über den Weg umg I don’t trust him an inch, I wouldn’t trust him as far as I can throw him;

jemandem aus dem Weg gehen steer clear of sb;

seine eigenen Wege gehen go one’s own way, do one’s own thing umg;

unsere Wege haben sich getrennt we went our separate ways;

einer Frage/Entscheidung aus dem Wege gehen evade a question, avoid the issue/avoid making a decision;

jemandem oder einer Sache

den Weg bereiten oder

ebnen pave the way for; (einer Sache) auch prepare the ground for;

etwas

in die Wege leiten initiate, start sth off; (vorbereiten) pave the way for;

da führt kein Weg dran vorbei umg there’s no way (a)round it;

dem steht nichts im Wege there’s nothing to stop it;

der Weg ist das Ziel the way is the goal

3. fig (Art und Weise, Methode) way;

auf schriftlichem Wege in writing;

auf gesetzlichem Wege legally, by legal means;

auf diplomatischem Wege through diplomatic channels;

auf diesem Wege this way;

auf kaltem Wege pej by fair means or foul, without bothering too much about the niceties, US auch by hook or by crook;

neue Wege in der Kindererziehung new approaches to child education;

neue Wege gehen try a new tack, pursue a different path;

es bleibt kein anderer Weg offen there’s no choice ( oder alternative); → abbringen 1, bahnen, halb A 3, irdisch, Mittel¹ 1, Widerstand 1, Wille etc

* * *

der; Weg[e]s,Wege

1) (FußWeg) path; (FeldWeg) track

‘kein öffentlicher Weg’ — ‘no public right of way’

am Weg[e] — by the wayside

2) (Zugang) way; (Passage, Durchgang) passage

sich (Dat.) einen Weg durch etwas bahnen — clear a path or way through something

geh [mir] aus dem Weg[e] — get out of the or my way

jemandem den Weg abschneiden — head somebody off

jemandem im Weg[e] stehen od. (auch fig.) sein — be in somebody's way; (fig.)

einer Sache (Dat.) im Weg[e] stehen — stand in the way of something

jemandem aus dem Weg[e] gehen — keep out of sb's way; avoid somebody

einer Diskussion aus dem Weg[e] gehen — avoid a discussion

jemanden/etwas aus dem Weg[e] räumen — get rid of somebody/something

3) (Route, Verbindung) way; route

[jemanden] nach dem Weg fragen — ask [somebody] the way

wir haben denselben Weg — we're going the same way

das liegt auf dem/meinem Weg — that's on the/my way; (fig.)

er ist mir über den Weg gelaufen — (ugs.) I ran or bumped into him

jemandem nicht über den Weg trauen — not trust somebody an inch

den Weg des geringsten Widerstands gehen — take the line of least resistance

seinen Weg machen — make one's way [in the world]

4) (Strecke, Entfernung) distance; (Gang) walk; (Reise) journey

es sind 2 km/10 Minuten Weg — it is a distance of two kilometres/it is ten minutes' walk

er hat noch einen weiten Weg vor sich — (Dat.) he still has a long way to go

auf dem kürzesten Weg — by the shortest route

auf halbem Weg[e] — (auch fig.) halfway

sich auf den Weg machen — set off; (fig.)

jemandem einen guten Ratschlag mit auf den Weg geben — give somebody some good advice for his/her future life

etwas in die Wege leiten — get something under way

auf dem besten Weg sein, etwas zu tun — (meist iron.) be well on the way towards doing something

er ist auf dem Weg[e] der Besserung — he's on the road to recovery

5) (ugs.): (Besorgung) errand

einen Weg machen — do or run an errand

jemandem einen Weg abnehmen — run an errand for somebody

6) (Methode) way; (Mittel) means

ich sehe keinen anderen Weg — I can't see any alternative

auf schnellstem Weg[e] — as speedily as possible

auf schriftlichem Weg[e] — by letter

* * *

-e (Mathematik) m.

path n. -e m.

alley n.

itinerary n.

lane n.

path n.

road n.

route n.

way n.

Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > Weg
4 weg

Adv. away; (weggegangen sein, verloren) gone; (nicht zu Hause) not in; meine Uhr ist weg my watch is ( oder has) gone; der Zug, die Maschine etc. ist schon weg has (already) left; weg da! umg. get away!; weg damit! umg. take it away!; Finger oder Hände weg! umg. hands off!; nichts wie weg! umg. let’s get out of here, scram! Sl.; weg sein umg. (bewusstlos) be out (for the count); nach Alkohol: be gone; (geistesabwesend) be miles away, be away with the fairies; ganz ( hin und) weg sein umg. (begeistert) be thrilled to bits, be over the moon; ich bin darüber weg I’ve got over it, I’m over it; in einem weg umg. non-stop; Fenster etc.

* * *

der Weg

(Methode) way; approach;

(Spaziergang) walk;

(Strecke) course; route; road;

(kleine Straße) path; way; track; pathway; lane

* * *
[veːk]
m -(e)s, -e
[-gə]
1) (=Pfad, Gehweg fig) path; (= Waldweg, Wanderweg etc) track, path; (= Straße) road

am Wége — by the wayside

woher des Wég(e)s? (old) — where have you come from?, whence comest thou? (obs)

wohin des Wég(e)s? (old) — where are you going to?, whither goest thou? (obs)

des Wég(e)s kommen (old) — to come walking/riding etc up

in einer Gegend Wég und Steg kennen — to know an area like the back of one's hand

jdm in den Wég treten, jdm den Wég versperren or verstellen — to block or bar sb's way

jdm/einer Sache im Wég stehen (fig) — to stand in the way of sb/sth

sich selbst im Wég stehen (fig) — to be one's own worst enemy

jdm Hindernisse or Steine in den Wég legen (fig) — to put obstructions in sb's way

jdm nicht über den Wég trauen (fig) — not to trust sb an inch

jdn aus dem Wég räumen (fig) — to get rid of sb

etw aus dem Wég räumen (fig) — to remove sth; Missverständnisse to clear sth up

neue Wége beschreiten (fig) — to tread new paths

den Wég der Sünde/Tugend gehen — to follow the path of sin/virtue

die Wége Gottes — the ways of the Lord

den Wég des geringsten Widerstandes gehen — to follow the line of least resistance

der Wég zur Hölle ist mit guten Vorsätzen gepflastert (Prov) — the road to Hell is paved with good intentions (prov)

See:

→ irdisch

2) (lit, fig = Route) way; (= Entfernung) distance; (= Reise) journey; (zu Fuß) walk; (fig zum Erfolg) way, road; (= Bildungsweg) road

ich muss diesen Wég jeden Tag zweimal gehen/fahren — I have to walk/drive this stretch twice a day

auf dem Wég nach London/zur Arbeit — on the way to London/work

auf dem Wég zu jdm/nach einem Ort sein — to be on the or one's way to sb's/a place

sich auf den Wég machen — to set off

6 km Wég — 6 kms away

noch zwei Stunden/ein Stück Wég vor sich haben — to still have two hours/some distance to travel

jdn ein Stück Wég(es) begleiten (geh) — to accompany sb part of the way

mein erster Wég war zur Bank — the first thing I did was go to the bank

jdn auf seinem letzten Wég begleiten (euph) — to pay one's last respects to sb

seiner Wége gehen (geh) (lit) — to go on one's way; (fig) to go one's own way

welchen Wég haben sie eingeschlagen? (lit) — what road did they take?

einen neuen Wég einschlagen (fig) — to follow a new avenue; (beruflich) to follow a new career

den falschen/richtigen Wég einschlagen — to follow the wrong/right path or road or (fig) avenue

jdm etw mit auf den Wég geben (lit) — to give sb sth to take with him/her etc

jdm einen guten Rat mit auf den Wég geben — to give sb good advice to follow in life

jdm/einer Sache aus dem Wég gehen (lit) — to get out of sb's way/the way of sth; (fig) to avoid sb/sth

jdm über den Wég laufen (fig) — to run into sb

seinen Wég (im Leben/Beruf) machen (fig) — to make one's way in life/one's career

seinen Wég nehmen (fig) — to take its course

etw in die Wége leiten — to arrange sth

etw auf den Wég bringen — to get sth under way

jdm/sich den Wég verbauen — to ruin sb's/one's chances or prospects (für of)

auf dem besten Wég sein, etw zu tun — to be well on the way to doing sth

der gerade Wég ist der kürzeste or beste (Prov) — honesty is the best policy

3) (= Mittel, Art und Weise) way; (= Methode) method

auf welchem Wég kommt man am schnellsten zu Geld? — what's the fastest way of making or to make money?

auf welchem Wég sind Sie zu erreichen? — how can I get in touch with you?

auf diesem Wége — this way

auf diplomatischem Wége — through diplomatic channels

auf gesetzlichem or legalem Wége — legally, by legal means

auf künstlichem Wége — artificially, by artificial means

See:

= zuwege

4) (inf = Besorgung) errand

* * *

1) (to or at a distance from the person speaking or the person or thing spoken about: He lives three miles away (from the town); Go away!; Take it away!) away

2) (in the opposite direction: She turned away so that he would not see her tears.) away

3) (a means of sending or receiving information etc: We got the information through the usual channels.) channel

4) (a narrow road or street: a winding lane.) lane

5) (the path or direction in which something moves: the course of the Nile.) course

6) (away (from a place, time etc): He walked off; She cut her hair off; The holidays are only a week off; She took off her coat.) off

7) ((any place on) the line along which someone or something is moving: She stood right in the path of the bus.) path

8) (an opening or passageway: This is the way in/out; There's no way through.) way

9) (a route, direction etc: Which way shall we go?; Which is the way to Princes Street?; His house is on the way from here to the school; Will you be able to find your/the way to my house?; Your house is on my way home; The errand took me out of my way; a motorway.) way

10) (used in the names of roads: His address is 21 Melville Way.) way

11) (a distance: It's a long way to the school; The nearest shops are only a short way away.) way

12) (used with many verbs to give the idea of progressing or moving: He pushed his way through the crowd; They soon ate their way through the food.) way

13) (a route; the correct road(s) to follow in order to arrive somewhere: We'd better look at the map because I'm not sure of the road.) road

14) (a way that leads to something: the road to peace; He's on the road to ruin.) road

15) (a path or rough road: a mountain track.) track

16) ((the distance covered during) an outing or journey on foot: She wants to go for / to take a walk; It's a long walk to the station.) walk

* * *

Weg

<-[e]s, -e>

[ve:k, pl ˈve:gə]

m

1. (Pfad) path; (Straße) road; (unbefestigte Straße) track

sie stand am \Weg she stood by the wayside

2. (Route) way

das ist der kürzeste \Weg nach Berlin this is the shortest route to Berlin

▪ auf dem \Weg [zu jdm/irgendwohin] sein to be on one's way [to sb/somewhere]

auf dem richtigen \Weg sein to be on the right track

vom \Weg abkommen to lose one's way

jdn nach dem \Wegfragen to ask sb the way

auf jds \Weg liegen to be on sb's way

sich akk auf den \Weg [irgendwohin] machen to set off [for somewhere]

es wird schon spät, ich muss mich auf den \Weg machen it's getting late, I must be on my way!

jdm den \Weg versperren to block [or bar] sb's way

3. (Strecke) way

bis zu euch muss ich einen \Weg von über drei Stunden zurücklegen I've got a journey of more than three hours to get to your place

4. (Gang, Besorgung) errand

\Wege zu erledigen haben to have some shopping to do

5. (Methode) way

es gibt keinen anderen \Weg there is no choice

auf friedlichem \Wege (geh) by peaceful means

auf illegalem \Wege by illegal means, illegally

auf schriftlichem \Wege (geh) in writing

neue \Wege gehen to follow new avenues

6. (Lebensweg) way

7.

▶ aus dem \Weg! stand aside!, make way!

geh mir aus dem \Weg! get out of my way!

▶ etw dat den \Weg bereiten to pave the way [or prepare the ground] for sth

▶ auf dem \Wege der Besserung sein (geh) to be on the road to recovery

▶ auf dem besten \Wege sein, etw zu tun to be well on the way to doing sth

▶ etw auf den \Weg bringen to introduce sth

▶ sich dat den \Weg frei schießen to shoot one's way out

▶ jdm etw mit auf den \Weg geben to give sb sth to take with him/her

du brauchst mir nichts mit auf den \Weg zu geben, ich weiß das schon I don't need you to tell me anything, I already know

jdm eine Ermahnung/einen Ratschlag mit auf den \Weg geben to give sb a warning/piece of advice for the future

▶ seinen \Weg gehen to go one's own way

▶ seiner \Wege gehen (geh) to continue [or carry on] regardless

▶ jdm/etw aus dem \Weg gehen to avoid sb/sth

▶ den \Weg des geringsten Widerstandes gehen to take the line of least resistance

▶ jdm auf halbem \Wege entgegenkommen to meet sb halfway

▶ des \Weges kommen (geh) to approach

▶ jdm über den \Weg laufen to run into sb

lauf mir nicht noch mal über den \Weg! don't come near me again!

▶ etw in die \Wege leiten to arrange sth

▶ jdn auf seinem letzten \Weg begleiten (euph) to pay one's last respects to sb

▶ jdn aus dem \Weg räumen to get rid of sb

▶ etw aus dem \Weg räumen to remove sth

▶ vom rechten \Weg abkommen to wander from the straight and narrow fam

▶ jdm/etw im \Wege stehen to stand in the way of sb/sth

nur die Kostenfrage steht der Verwirklichung des Projekts im \Wege only the issue of cost is an obstacle to this project being implemented

▶ sich dat selbst im \Weg stehen to be one's own worst enemy

▶ jdm nicht über den \Weg trauen (fam) not to trust sb an inch

▶ hier trennen sich unsere \Wege this is where we part company

▶ sich dat einen \Weg verbauen to ruin one's chances

▶ viele \Wege führen nach Rom (prov) all roads lead to Rome prov

▶ woher des \Weg[e]s? (veraltet) where do you come from?

▶ wohin des \Weg[e]s? (veraltet) where are you going to?; s.a. Hindernis, Stein

* * *

der; Weg[e]s,Wege

1) (FußWeg) path; (FeldWeg) track

‘kein öffentlicher Weg’ — ‘no public right of way’

am Weg[e] — by the wayside

2) (Zugang) way; (Passage, Durchgang) passage

sich (Dat.) einen Weg durch etwas bahnen — clear a path or way through something

geh [mir] aus dem Weg[e] — get out of the or my way

jemandem den Weg abschneiden — head somebody off

jemandem im Weg[e] stehen od. (auch fig.) sein — be in somebody's way; (fig.)

einer Sache (Dat.) im Weg[e] stehen — stand in the way of something

jemandem aus dem Weg[e] gehen — keep out of sb's way; avoid somebody

einer Diskussion aus dem Weg[e] gehen — avoid a discussion

jemanden/etwas aus dem Weg[e] räumen — get rid of somebody/something

3) (Route, Verbindung) way; route

[jemanden] nach dem Weg fragen — ask [somebody] the way

wir haben denselben Weg — we're going the same way

das liegt auf dem/meinem Weg — that's on the/my way; (fig.)

er ist mir über den Weg gelaufen — (ugs.) I ran or bumped into him

jemandem nicht über den Weg trauen — not trust somebody an inch

den Weg des geringsten Widerstands gehen — take the line of least resistance

seinen Weg machen — make one's way [in the world]

4) (Strecke, Entfernung) distance; (Gang) walk; (Reise) journey

es sind 2 km/10 Minuten Weg — it is a distance of two kilometres/it is ten minutes' walk

er hat noch einen weiten Weg vor sich — (Dat.) he still has a long way to go

auf dem kürzesten Weg — by the shortest route

auf halbem Weg[e] — (auch fig.) halfway

sich auf den Weg machen — set off; (fig.)

jemandem einen guten Ratschlag mit auf den Weg geben — give somebody some good advice for his/her future life

etwas in die Wege leiten — get something under way

auf dem besten Weg sein, etwas zu tun — (meist iron.) be well on the way towards doing something

er ist auf dem Weg[e] der Besserung — he's on the road to recovery

5) (ugs.): (Besorgung) errand

einen Weg machen — do or run an errand

jemandem einen Weg abnehmen — run an errand for somebody

6) (Methode) way; (Mittel) means

ich sehe keinen anderen Weg — I can't see any alternative

auf schnellstem Weg[e] — as speedily as possible

auf schriftlichem Weg[e] — by letter

* * *

weg adv away; (weggegangen sein, verloren) gone; (nicht zu Hause) not in;

meine Uhr ist weg my watch is ( oder has) gone;

der Zug, die Maschine etc

ist schon weg has (already) left;

weg da! umg get away!;

weg damit! umg take it away!;

Finger oder

Hände weg! umg hands off!;

nichts wie weg! umg let’s get out of here, scram! sl;

weg sein umg (bewusstlos) be out (for the count); nach Alkohol: be gone; (geistesabwesend) be miles away, be away with the fairies;

ganz (hin und) weg sein umg (begeistert) be thrilled to bits, be over the moon;

ich bin darüber weg I’ve got over it, I’m over it;

in einem weg umg non-stop; → Fenster etc

* * *

der; Weg[e]s,Wege

1) (FußWeg) path; (FeldWeg) track

‘kein öffentlicher Weg’ — ‘no public right of way’

am Weg[e] — by the wayside

2) (Zugang) way; (Passage, Durchgang) passage

sich (Dat.) einen Weg durch etwas bahnen — clear a path or way through something

geh [mir] aus dem Weg[e] — get out of the or my way

jemandem den Weg abschneiden — head somebody off

jemandem im Weg[e] stehen od. (auch fig.) sein — be in somebody's way; (fig.)

einer Sache (Dat.) im Weg[e] stehen — stand in the way of something

jemandem aus dem Weg[e] gehen — keep out of sb's way; avoid somebody

einer Diskussion aus dem Weg[e] gehen — avoid a discussion

jemanden/etwas aus dem Weg[e] räumen — get rid of somebody/something

3) (Route, Verbindung) way; route

[jemanden] nach dem Weg fragen — ask [somebody] the way

wir haben denselben Weg — we're going the same way

das liegt auf dem/meinem Weg — that's on the/my way; (fig.)

er ist mir über den Weg gelaufen — (ugs.) I ran or bumped into him

jemandem nicht über den Weg trauen — not trust somebody an inch

den Weg des geringsten Widerstands gehen — take the line of least resistance

seinen Weg machen — make one's way [in the world]

4) (Strecke, Entfernung) distance; (Gang) walk; (Reise) journey

es sind 2 km/10 Minuten Weg — it is a distance of two kilometres/it is ten minutes' walk

er hat noch einen weiten Weg vor sich — (Dat.) he still has a long way to go

auf dem kürzesten Weg — by the shortest route

auf halbem Weg[e] — (auch fig.) halfway

sich auf den Weg machen — set off; (fig.)

jemandem einen guten Ratschlag mit auf den Weg geben — give somebody some good advice for his/her future life

etwas in die Wege leiten — get something under way

auf dem besten Weg sein, etwas zu tun — (meist iron.) be well on the way towards doing something

er ist auf dem Weg[e] der Besserung — he's on the road to recovery

5) (ugs.): (Besorgung) errand

einen Weg machen — do or run an errand

jemandem einen Weg abnehmen — run an errand for somebody

6) (Methode) way; (Mittel) means

ich sehe keinen anderen Weg — I can't see any alternative

auf schnellstem Weg[e] — as speedily as possible

auf schriftlichem Weg[e] — by letter

* * *

-e (Mathematik) m.

path n. -e m.

alley n.

itinerary n.

lane n.

path n.

road n.

route n.

way n.

Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > weg
5 Á

shall

* * *

a negative suffix to verbs, not;

era útmakligt, at it is not unmeet that.

* * *

1.

á, prep., often used elliptically, or even adverbially, [Goth. ana; Engl. on; Germ. an. In the Scandinavian idioms the liquid n is absorbed. In English the same has been supposed to happen in adverbial phrases, e. g. ‘along, away, abroad, afoot, again, agate, ahead, aloft, alone, askew, aside, astray, awry,’ etc. It is indeed true that the Ormulum in its northern dialect freq. uses o, even in common phrases, such as ‘o boke, o land, o life, o slæpe, o strande, o write, o naht, o loft,’ etc., v. the glossary; and we may compare on foot and afoot, on sleep (Engl. Vers. of Bible) and asleep; A. S. a-butan and on-butan (about); agen and ongean (again, against); on bæc, aback; on life, alive; on middan, amid. But it is more than likely that in the expressions quoted above, as well as in numberless others, as well in old as in modern English, the English a- as well as the o- of the Ormulum and the modern Scottish and north of England o- are in reality remains of this very á pronounced au or ow, which was brought by the Scandinavian settlers into the north of England. In the struggle for supremacy between the English dialects after the Conquest, the Scandinavian form á or a won the day in many cases to the exclusion of the Anglo-Saxon on. Some of these adverbs have representatives only in the Scandinavian tongues, not in Anglo-Saxon; see below, with dat. B. II, C. VII; with acc. C. I. and VI. The prep. á denotes the surface or outside; í and ór the inside; at, til, and frá, nearness measured to or from an object: á thus answers to the Gr. επί; the Lat. in includes á and i together.]

With dat. and acc.: in the first case with the notion of remaining on a place, answering to Lat. in with abl.; in the last with the notion of motion to the place, = Lat. in with acc.

WITH DAT.

A. Loc.

I. generally on, upon; á gólfi, on the floor, Nj. 2; á hendi, on the hand (of a ring), 48, 225; á palli, 50; á steini, 108; á vegg, 115; á sjá ok á landi, on sea and land. In some instances the distinction between d and i is loose and wavering, but in most cases common sense and usage decide; thus ‘á bók’ merely denotes the letters, the penmanship, ‘í’ the contents of a book; mod. usage, however, prefers ‘í,’ lesa í bók, but stafr á bók. Old writers on the other hand; á bókum Enskum, in English books, Landn. 24, but í Aldafars bók, 23 (in the book De Mensurâ Temporum, by Bede), cp. Grág. i. 76, where á is a false reading instead of at; á bréfi, the contents of a letter: of clothing or arms, mítr á höfði, sverð á hlið, mitre on head, sword on side, Fms. i. 266, viii. 404; hafa lykil á sér, on one’s person, 655 xxvii. 22; möttull á tyglum, a mantle hanging on (i. e. fastened by) laces, Fms. vii. 201: á þingi means to be present at a meeting; í þingi, to abide within a jurisdiction; á himni, á jörðu, on (Engl. in) heaven and earth, e. g. in the Lord’s Prayer, but í helviti, in hell; á Gimli, Edda (of a heavenly abode); á báti, á skipi denote crew and cargo, ‘í’ the timber or materials of which a ship is built, Eg. 385; vera í stafni á skipi, 177: á skógi, to be abroad in a wood (of a hunter, robber, deer); but to be situated (a house), at work (to fell timber), í skógi, 573, Fs. 5, Fms. iii. 122, viii. 31, xi. 1, Glúm. 330, Landn. 173; á mörkinni, Fms. i. 8, but í mörk, of a farm; á firðinum means lying in a firth, of ships or islands (on the surface of the water), þær eyjar liggja á Breiðafirði, Ld. 36; but í firði, living in a district named Firth; á landi, Nj. 98, Fms. xi. 386.

II. á is commonly used in connection with the pr. names or countries terminating in ‘land,’ Engl. in, á Englandi, Írlandi, Skotlandi, Bretlandi, Saxlandi, Vindlandi, Vínlandi, Grænalandi, Íslandi, Hálogalandi, Rogalandi, Jótlandi, Frakklandi, Hjaltlandi, Jamtalandi, Hvítramannalandi, Norðrlöndum, etc., vide Landn. and the index to Fms. xii. In old writers í is here very rare, in modern authors more frequent; taste and the context in many instances decide. An Icelander would now say, speaking of the queen or king, ‘á Englandi,’ ruling over, but to live ‘í Englandi,’ or ‘á Englandi;’ the rule in the last case not being quite fixed.

2. in connection with other names of countries: á Mæri, Vörs, Ögðum, Fjölum, all districts of Norway, v. Landn.; á Mýrum (in Icel.), á Finnmörk, Landn., á Fjóni (a Danish island); but í Danmörk, Svíþjóð (á Svíþjóðu is poët., Gs. 13).

3. before Icel. farms denoting open and elevated slopes and spaces (not too high, because then ‘at’ must be used), such as ‘staðr, völlr, ból, hjalli, bakki, heimr, eyri,’ etc.; á Veggjum, Landn. 69; á Hólmlátri, id.: those ending in ‘-staðr,’ á Geirmundarstöðum, Þórisstöðum, Jarðlangsstöðum…, Landn.: ‘-völlr,’ á Möðruvöllum: á Fitjum (the farm) í Storð (the island), í Fenhring (the island) á Aski (the farm), Landn., Eg.: ‘-nes’ sometimes takes á, sometimes í (in mod. usage always ‘í’), á Nesi, Eb. 14, or í Krossnesi, 30; in the last case the notion of island, νησος, prevails: so also, ‘fjörðr,’ as, þeir börðust á Vigrafirði (of a fight o n the ice), Landn. 101, but orusta í Hafrsfirði, 122: with ‘-bær,’ á is used in the sense of a farm or estate, hón sa á e-m bæ mikit hús ok fagrt, Edda 22; ‘í bæ’ means within doors, of the buildings: with ‘Bær’ as pr. name Landn. uses ‘í,’ 71, 160, 257, 309, 332.

4. denoting on or just above; of the sun, when the time is fixed by regarding the sun in connection with points in the horizon, a standing phrase in Icel.; sól á gjáhamri, when the sun is on the crag of the Rift, Grág. i. 26, cp. Glúm. 387; so, brú á á, a bridge on a river, Fms. viii. 179, Hrafn. 20; taka hús á e-m, to surprise one, to take the house over his head, Fms. i. 11.

III. á is sometimes used in old writers where we should now expect an acc., esp. in the phrase, leggja sverði (or the like) á e-m, or á e-m miðjum, to stab, Eg. 216, Gísl. 106, Band. 14; þá stakk Starkaðr sprotanum á konungi, then Starkad stabbed the king with the wand, Fas. iii. 34; bíta á kampi (vör), to bite the lips, as a token of pain or emotion, Nj. 209, 68; taka á e-u, to touch a thing, lay hold of it, v. taka; fá á e-u, id. (poët.); leggja hendr á (better at) síðum, in wrestling, Fms. x. 331; koma á úvart á e-m, to come on one unawares, ix. 407 (rare).

B. TEMP. of a particular point or period of time, at, on, in:

I. gener. denoting during, in the course of; á nótt, degi, nætrþeli …, Bs. i. 139; or spec. adding a pron. or an adject., á næsta sumri, the next summer; á því ári, þingi, misseri, hausti, vári, sumri …, during, in that year …, Bs. i. 679, etc.; á þrem sumrum, in the course of three summers, Grág. i. 218; á þrem várum, Fms. ii. 114; á hálfs mánaðar fresti, within half a month’s delay, Nj. 99; á tvítugs, sextugs … aldri, á barns, gamals aldri, etc., at the age of …, v. aldr: á dögum e-s, in the days of, in his reign or time, Landn. 24, Hrafn. 3, Fms. ix. 229.

II. used of a fixed recurrent period or season; á várum, sumrum, haustum, vetrum, á kveldum, every spring, summer …, in the evenings, Eg. 711, Fms. i. 23, 25, vi. 394, Landn. 292: with the numeral adverbs, cp. Lat. ter in anno, um sinn á mánuði, ári, once a month, once a year, where the Engl. a is not the article but the preposition, Grág. i. 89.

III. of duration; á degi, during a whole day, Fms. v. 48; á sjau nóttum, Bárð. 166; á því meli, during that time, in the meantime, Grág. i. 259.

IV. connected with the seasons (á vetri, sumri, vári, hausti), ‘á’ denotes the next preceding season, the last winter, summer, autumn, Eb. 40, 238, Ld. 206: in such instances ‘á’ denotes the past, ‘at’ the future, ‘í’ the present; thus í vetri in old writers means this winter; á vetri, last winter; at vetri, next winter, Eb. 68 (in a verse), etc.

C. In various other relations, more or less metaphorically, on, upon, in, to, with, towards, against:

I. denoting object, in respect of, against, almost periphrastically; dvelja á náðum e-s, under one’s protection, Fms. i. 74; hafa metnað á e-u, to be proud of, to take pride in a thing, 127.

2. denoting a personal relation, in; bæta e-t á e-m, to make amends, i. e. to one personally; misgöra e-t á e-m, to inflict wrong on one; hafa elsku (hatr) á e-m, to bear love ( hatred) to one, Fms. ix. 242; hefna sín á e-m, to take revenge on one’s person, on anyone; rjúfa sætt á e-m, to break truce on the person of any one, to offend against his person, Nj. 103; hafa sár á sér, 101; sjá á e-m, to read on or in one’s face; sér hann á hverjum manni hvárt til þín er vel eðr illa, 106; var þat brátt auðséð á hennar högum, at …, it could soon be seen in all her doings, that …, Ld. 22.

3. also generally to shew signs of a thing; sýna fáleika á sér, to shew marks of displeasure, Nj. 14, Fs. 14; taka vel, illa, lítt, á e-u, to take a thing well, ill, or indifferently, id.; finna á sér, to feel in oneself; fann lítt á honum, hvárt …, it could hardly be seen in his face, whether …, Eb. 42; líkindi eru á, it is likely, Ld. 172; göra kost á e-u, to give a choice, chance of it, 178; eiga vald á e-u, to have power over …, Nj. 10.

II. denoting encumbrance, duty, liability; er fimtardómsmál á þeim, to be subject to …, Nj. 231; the phrase, hafa e-t á hendi, or vera á hendi e-m, on one’s hands, of work or duty to be done; eindagi á fé, term, pay day, Grág. i. 140; ómagi (skylda, afvinna) á fé, of a burden or encumbrance, D. I. and Grág. in several passages.

III. with a personal pronoun, sér, mér, honum …, denoting personal appearance, temper, character, look, or the like; vera þungr, léttr … á sér, to be heavy or light, either bodily or mentally; þungr á sér, corpulent, Sturl. i. 112; kátr ok léttr á sér, of a gay and light temper, Fms. x. 152; þat bragð hafði hann á sér, he looked as if, … the expression of his face was as though …, Ld., cp. the mod. phrase, hafa á sér svip, bragð, æði, sið, of one’s manner or personal appearance, to bear oneself as, or the like; skjótr (seinn) á fæti, speedy ( slow) of foot, Nj. 258.

IV. as a periphrasis of the possessive pronoun connected with the limbs or parts of the body. In common Icel. such phrases as my hands, eyes, head … are hardly ever used, but höfuð, eyru, hár, nef, munnr, hendr, fætr … á mér; so ‘í’ is used of the internal parts, e. g. hjarta, bein … í mér; the eyes are regarded as inside the body, augun í honum: also without the possessive pronoun, or as a periphrasis for a genitive, brjóstið á e-m, one’s breast, Nj. 95, Edda 15; súrnar í augum, it smarts in my eyes, my eyes smart, Nj. 202; kviðinn á sér, its belly, 655 xxx. 5, Fms. vi. 350; hendr á henni, her hands, Gísl. (in a verse); í vörunum á honum, on his lips, Band. 14; ristin á honum, his step, Fms. viii. 141; harðr í tungu, sharp of tongue, Hallfred (Fs. 114); kalt (heitt) á fingrum, höndum, fótum …, cold ( warm) in the fingers, hands, feet …, i. e. with cold fingers, etc.; cp. also the phrase, verða vísa (orð) á munni, of extemporising verses or speeches, freq. in the Sagas; fastr á fótum, fast by the leg, of a bondsman, Nj. 27: of the whole body, díla fundu þeir á honum, 209. The pers. pron. is used only in solemn style (poetry, hymns, the Bible), and perhaps only when influenced by foreign languages, e. g. mitt hjarta hví svo hryggist þú, as a translation of ‘warumb betrübst du dich mein Herz?’ the famous hymn by Hans Sachs; instead of the popular hjartað í mér, Sl. 43, 44: hjartað mitt is only used as a term of endearment, as by a husband to his wife, parents to their child, or the like, in a metaphorical sense; the heart proper is ‘í mér,’ not ‘mitt.’

2. of other things, and as a periphrasis of a genitive, of a part belonging to the whole, e. g. dyrr á husi = húsdyrr, at the house-doors; turn á kirkju = kirkju turn; stafn, skutr, segl, árar … á skipi, the stem, stern, sail … of a ship, Fms. ix. 135; blöð á lauk, á tré …, leaves of a leek, of a tree …, Fas. i. 469; egg á sverði = sverðs egg; stafr á bók; kjölr á bók, and in endless other instances.

V. denoting instrumentality, by, on, or a-, by means of; afla fjár á hólmgöngum, to make money a-duelling, by means of duels, Eg. 498; á verkum sínum, to subsist on one’s own work, Njarð. 366: as a law term, sekjast á e-ju, to be convicted upon …, Grág. i. 123; sekst maðr þar á sínu eigini ( a man is guilty in re sua), ef hann tekr af þeim manni er heimild ( possessio) hefir til, ii. 191; falla á verkum sínum, to be killed flagranti delicto, v. above; fella e-n á bragði, by a sleight in wrestling; komast undan á flótta, to escape by flight, Eg. 11; á hlaupi, by one’s feet, by speed, Hkr. ii. 168; lifa á e-u, to feed on; bergja á e-u, to taste of a thing; svala sér á e-u, to quench the thirst on.

VI. with subst. numerals; á þriðja tigi manna, up to thirty, i. e. from about twenty to thirty, Ld. 194; á öðru hundraði skipa, from one to two hundred sail strong, Fms. x. 126; á níunda tigi, between eighty and ninety years of age, Eg. 764, v. above: used as prep., á hendi, on one’s hand, i. e. bound to do it, v. hönd.

VII. in more or less adverbial phrases it may often be translated in Engl. by a participle and a- prefixed; á lopti, aloft; á floti, afloat; á lífi, alive; á verðgangi, a-begging; á brautu, away; á baki, a-back, behind, past; á milli, a-tween; á laun, alone, secretly; á launungu, id.; á móti, against; á enda, at an end, gone; á huldu, hidden; fara á hæli, to go a-heel, i. e. backwards, Fms. vii. 70;—but in many cases these phrases are transl. by the Engl. partic. with a, which is then perh. a mere prefix, not a prep., á flugi, a-flying in the air, Nj. 79; vera á gangi, a-going; á ferli, to be about; á leiki, a-playing, Fms. i. 78; á sundi, a-swimming, ii. 27; á verði, a-watching, x. 201; á hrakningi, a-wandering; á reiki, a-wavering; á skjálfi, a-shivering; á-hleri, a-listening; á tali, a-talking, Ísl. ii. 200; á hlaupi, a-running, Hkr. ii. 268; á verki, a-working; á veiðum, a-hunting; á fiski, a-fishing; á beit, grazing: and as a law term it even means in flagranti, N. G. L. i. 348.

VIII. used absolutely without a case in reference to the air or the weather, where ‘á’ is almost redundant; þoka var á mikil, a thick fog came on, Nj. 267; niðamyrkr var á, pitch darkness came on, Eg. 210; allhvast á norðan, a very strong breeze from the north, Fms. ix. 20; þá var á norðrænt, a north wind came on, 42, Ld. 56; hvaðan sem á er, from whatever point the wind is; var á hríð veðrs, a snow storm came on, Nj. 282; görði á regn, rain came on, Fms. vi. 394, xi. 35, Ld. 156.

WITH ACC.

A. Loc.

I. denoting simple direction towards, esp. connected with verbs of motion, going, or the like; hann gékk á bergsnös, Eg. 389; á hamar, Fas. ii. 517.

2. in phrases denoting direction; liggja á útborða, lying on the outside of the ship, Eg. 354; á annat borð skipinu, Fms. vii. 260; á bæði borð, on both sides of the ship, Nj. 124, Ld. 56; á tvær hliðar, on both sides, Fms. v. 73. Ísl. ii. 159; á hlið, sidewards; út á hlið, Nj. 262, Edda 44; á aðra hönd henni, Nj. 50, Ld. 46; höggva á tvær hendr, to hew or strike right and left, Ísl. ii. 368, Fas. i. 384, Fms. viii. 363, x. 383.

3. upp á, upon; hann tók augu Þjaza ok kastaði upp á himin, Edda 47: with verbs denoting to look, see, horfa, sjá, líta, etc.; hann rak skygnur á land, he cast glances towards the land, Ld. 154.

II. denoting direction with or without the idea of arriving:

1. with verbs denoting to aim at; of a blow or thrust, stefna á fótinn, Nj. 84; spjótið stefnir á hann miðjan, 205: of the wind, gékk veðrit á vestr, the wind veered to west, Fms. ix. 28; sigla á haf, to stand out to sea, Hkr. i. 146, Fms. i. 39: with ‘út’ added, Eg. 390, Fms. x. 349.

2. conveying the notion of arriving, or the intervening space being traversed; spjótið kom á miðjan skjöldinn, Eg. 379, Nj. 96, 97; langt upp á land, far up inland, Hkr. i. 146: to reach, taka ofan á belti, of the long locks of a woman, to reach down to the belt, Nj. 2; ofan á bringu, 48; á þa ofan, 91.

III. without reference to the space traversed, connected with verbs denoting to go, turn, come, ride, sail, throw, or the like, motion of every kind; hann kastar honum á völlinn, he flings him down, Nj. 91; hlaupa á skip sitt, to leap on board his ship, 43; á hest, to mount quickly, Edda 75; á lend hestinum, Nj. 91; hann gengr á sáðland sitt, he walks on to his fields, 82: on, upon, komast á fætr, to get upon one’s legs, 92; ganga á land, to go a-shore, Fms. i. 40; ganga á þing, vii. 242, Grág. (often); á skóg, á merkr ok skóga, into a wood, Fb. i. 134, 257, Fms. xi. 118, Eg. 577, Nj. 130; fara á Finnmörk, to go travelling in Finmark, Fms. i. 8; koma, fara á bæ, to arrive at the farm-house; koma á veginn, Eg. 578; stíga á bát, skip, to go on board, 158; hann gékk upp á borg, he went up to the burg (castle), 717; en er þeir komu á loptriðið, 236; hrinda skipum á vatn, to float the ships down into the water, Fms. i. 58; reka austr á haf, to drift eastwards on the sea, x. 145; ríða ofan á, to ride down or over, Nj. 82.

IV. in some cases the acc. is used where the dat. would be used, esp. with verbs denoting to see or hear, in such phrases as, þeir sá boða mikinn inn á fjörðinn, they saw great breakers away up in the bight of the firth, the acc. being due perhaps to a motion or direction of the eye or ear towards the object, Nj. 124; sá þeir fólkit á land, they saw the people in the direction of land, Fas. ii. 517: in phrases denoting to be placed, to sit, to be seated, the seat or bench is freq. in the acc. where the dat. would now be used; konungr var þar á land upp, the king was then up the country, the spectator or narrator is conceived as looking from the shore or sea-side, Nj. 46; sitja á miðjan bekk, to be seated on the middle bench, 50; skyldi konungs sæti vera á þann bekk … annat öndvegi var á hinn úæðra pall; hann setti konungs hásæti á miðjan þverpall, Fms. vi. 439, 440, cp. Fagrsk. l. c., Sturl. iii. 182; eru víða fjallbygðir upp á mörkina, in the mark or forest, Eg. 58; var þar mörk mikil á land upp, 229; mannsafnaðr er á land upp (viewed from the sea), Ld. 76; stóll var settr á mótið, Fas. i. 58; beiða fars á skip, to beg a passage, Grág. i. 90.

V. denoting parts of the body; bíta e-n á barka, to bite one in the throat, Ísl. ii. 447; skera á háls, to cut the throat of any one, Nj. 156; brjóta e-n á háls, to break any one’s neck; brjóta e-n á bak, to break any one’s back, Fms. vii. 119; kalinn á kné, frozen to the knees with cold, Hm. 3.

VI. denoting round; láta reipi á háls hesti, round his horse’s neck, 623. 33; leggja söðul á hest, Nj. 83; and ellipt., leggja á, to saddle; breiða feld á hofuð sér, to wrap a cloak over his head, 164; reyta á sik mosa, to gather moss to cover oneself with, 267; spenna hring á hönd, á fingr, Eg. 300.

VII. denoting a burden; stela mat á tvá hesta, hey á fimtán hesta, i. e. a two, a fifteen horse load, Nj. 74: metaph., kjósa feigð á menn, to choose death upon them, i. e. doom them to death, Edda 22.

B. TEMP.

I. of a period of time, at, to; á morgun, to-morrow (í morgun now means the past morning, the morning of to-day), Ísl. ii. 333.

II. if connected with the word day, ‘á’ is now used before a fixed or marked day, a day of the week, a feast day, or the like; á Laugardag, á Sunnudag …, on Saturday, Sunday, the Old Engl. a-Sunday, a-Monday, etc.; á Jóladaginn, Páskadaginn, on Yule and Easter-day; but in old writers more often used ellipt. Sunnudaginn, Jóladaginn …, by dropping the prep. ‘á,’ Fms. viii. 397, Grág. i. 18.

III. connected with ‘dagr’ with the definite article suffixed, ‘á’ denotes a fixed, recurring period or season, in; á daginn, during the day-time, every day in turn, Grett. 91 A.

IV. connected with ‘evening, morning, the seasons,’ with the article; á kveldit, every evening, Ld. 14; á sumarit, every summer, Vd. 128, where the new Ed. Fs. 51 reads sumrum; á haust, every autumn, Eg. 741 (perh. a misprint instead of á haustin or á haustum); á vetrinn, in the winter time, 710; á várit, every spring, Gþl. 347; the sing., however, is very rare in such cases, the old as well as mod. usage prefers the plur.; á nætrnar, by night, Nj. 210; á várin, Eg. 710; á sumrin, haustin, á morgnana, in the morning (á morgin, sing., means to-morrow); á kveldin, in the evening, only ‘dagr’ is used in sing., v. above (á daginn, not á dagana); but elliptically and by dropping the article, Icelanders say, kveld og morgna, nótt og dag, vetr sumar vor og haust, in the same sense as those above mentioned.

V. denoting duration, the article is dropped in the negative phrase, aldri á sinn dag, never during one’s life; aldri á mína daga, never in my life, Bjarn. 8, where a possess. pron. is put between noun and prep., but this phrase is very rare. Such phrases as, á þann dag, that day, and á þenna dag, Stj. 12, 655 xxx. 2. 20, are unclassical.

VI. á dag without article can only be used in a distributive sense, e. g. tvisvar á dag, twice a-day; this use is at present freq. in Icel., yet instances from old writers are not on record.

VII. denoting a movement onward in time, such as, liðið á nótt, dag, kveld, morgun, sumar, vetr, vár, haust (or nóttina, daginn …), jól, páska, föstu, or the like, far on in the night, day …, Edda 33; er á leið vetrinn, when the winter was well on, as the winter wore on, Nj. 126; cp. áliðinn: also in the phrase, hniginn á inn efra aldr, well stricken in years, Ld. 68.

C. Metaph. and in various relations:

I. somewhat metaphorically, denoting an act only (not the place); fara á fund, á vit e-s, to call for one, Eg. 140; koma á ræðu við e-n, to come to a parley with, to speak, 173; ganga á tal, Nj. 103; skora á hólm, to challenge to a duel on an island; koma á grið, to enter into a service, to be domiciled, Grág. i. 151; fara á veiðar, to go a-hunting, Fms. i. 8.

β. generally denoting on, upon, in, to; bjóða vöxtu á féit, to offer interest on the money, Grág. i. 198; ganga á berhögg, to come to blows, v. berhögg; fá á e-n, to make an impression upon one, Nj. 79; ganga á vápn e-s, to throw oneself on an enemy’s weapon, meet him face to face, Rd. 310; ganga á lagið, to press on up the spear-shaft after it has passed through one so as to get near one’s foe, i. e. to avail oneself of the last chance; bera fé á e-n, to bribe, Nj. 62; bera öl á e-n, to make drunk, Fas. i. 13; snúinn á e-t, inclined to, Fms. x. 142; sammælast á e-t, to agree upon, Nj. 86; sættast, verða sáttr á e-t, in the same sense, to come to an agreement, settlement, or atonement, 78, Edda 15, Eb. 288, Ld. 50, Fms. i. 279; ganga á mála, to serve for pay as a soldier, Nj. 121; ganga á vald e-s, to put oneself in his power, 267; ganga á sætt, to break an agreement; vega á veittar trygðir, to break truce, Grág. ii. 169.

II. denoting in regard to, in respect to:

1. of colour, complexion, the hue of the hair, or the like; hvítr, jarpr, dökkr … á hár, having white, brown, or dark … hair, Ísl. ii. 190, Nj. 39; svartr á brún ok brá, dark of brow and eyebrow; dökkr á hörund, id., etc.

2. denoting skill, dexterity; hagr á tré, a good carpenter; hagr á járn, málm, smíðar …, an expert worker in iron, metals …, Eg. 4; fimr á boga, good at the bow: also used of mastership in science or arts, meistari á hörpuslátt, a master in striking the harp, Fas. iii. 220; fræðimaðr á kvæði, knowing many poems by heart, Fms. vi. 391; fræðimaðr á landnámssögur ok forna fræði, a learned scholar in histories and antiquities (of Are Frode), Ísl. ii. 189; mikill á íþrótt, skilful in an art, Edda (pref.) 148; but dat. in the phrase, kunna (vel) á skíðum, to be a cunning skater, Fms. i. 9, vii. 120.

3. denoting dimensions; á hæð, lengd, breidd, dýpt …, in the heighth, length, breadth, depth …, Eg. 277; á hvern veg, on each side, Edda 41 (square miles); á annan veg, on the one side, Grág. i. 89.

β. the phrase, á sik, in regard to oneself, vel (illa) á sik kominn, of a fine ( ugly) appearance, Ld. 100, Fas. iii. 74.

III. denoting instrumentality; bjargast á sínar hendr, to live on the work of one’s own hands, (á sínar spýtur is a mod. phrase in the same sense); (vega) á skálir, pundara, to weigh in scales, Grág. ii. 370; at hann hefði tvá pundara, ok hefði á hinn meira keypt en á hinn minna selt, of a man using two scales, a big one for buying and a little one for selling, Sturl. i. 91; á sinn kostnað, at one’s own expense; nefna e-n á nafn, by name, Grág. i. 17, etc. The Icel. also say, spinna á rokk, snældu, to spin on or with a rock or distaff; mala á kvern, to grind in a ‘querne,’ where Edda 73 uses dat.; esp. of musical instruments, syngja, leika á hljóðfæri, hörpu, gígju …; in the old usage, leika hörpu …, Stj. 458.

IV. denoting the manner or way of doing:

1. á þessa lund, in this wise, Grág. ii. 22; á marga vega, á alla, ymsa vega, in many, all, respects, Fms. i. 114; á sitt hóf, in its turn, respectively, Ld. 136, where the context shews that the expression answers to the Lat. mutatis mutandis; á Þýðersku, after German fashion, Sks. 288.

2. esp. of language; mæla, rita á e-a tungu, to speak, write in a tongue; á Írsku, in Irish, Ld. 76; Norrænu, in Norse, Eb. 330, Vm. 35; a Danska tungu, in Danish, i. e. Scandinavian, Norse, or Icelandic, Grág. i. 18; á Vára tungu, i. e. in Icelandic, 181; rita á Norræna tungu, to write in Norse, Hkr. (pref.), Bs. i. 59:—at present, dat. is sometimes used.

3. in some phrases the acc. is used instead of the dat.; hann sýndi á sik mikit gaman, Fms. x. 329; hann lét ekki á sik finna, he shewed no sign of motion, Nj. 111; skaltú önga fáleika á þik gera (Cod. Kalf.), 14.

V. used in a distributive sense; skal mörk kaupa gæzlu á kú, eðr oxa fim vetra gamlan, a mark for every cow, Grág. i. 147; alin á hvert hross, 442; á mann, per man (now freq.): cp. also á dag above, lit. B.

VI. connected with nouns,

1. prepositional; á hendr (with dat.), against; á hæla, at heel, close behind; á bak, at back, i. e. past, after; á vit (with gen.), towards.

2. adverbially; á braut, away, abroad; á víxl, in turns; á mis, amiss; á víð ok dreif, a-wide and a-drift, i. e. dispersedly.

3. used almost redundantly before the following prep.; á eptir, after, behind; á undan, in front of; á meðal, á milli, among; á mót, against; á við, about, alike; á frá (cp. Swed. ifrån), from (rare); á fyrir = fyrir, Haustl. 1; á hjá, beside (rare); á fram, a-head, forwards; á samt, together; ávalt = of allt, always: following a prep., upp á, upon; niðr á, down upon; ofan á, eptir á, post eventum, (temp.) á eptir is loc., id., etc.

VII. connected with many transitive verbs, answering to the Lat. ad- or in-, in composition, in many cases periphrastically for an objective case. The prep. generally follows after the verb, instead of being prefixed to it as in Lat., and answers to the Engl. on, to; heita kalla, hrópa á, to call on; heyra, hlusta, hlyða á, to hearken to, listen to; hyggja, hugsa á, to think on; minna á, to remind; sjá, líta, horfa, stara, mæna, glápa, koma auga … á, to look on; girnast á, to wish for; trúa á, to believe on; skora á, to call on any one to come out, challenge; kæra á, to accuse; heilsa á, to greet; herja, ganga, ríða, hlaupa, ráða … á, to fall on, attack, cp. ágangr, áreið, áhlaup; ljúga á, to tell lies of, to slander; telja á, to carp at; ausa, tala, hella, kasta, verpa … á, to pour, throw on; ríða, bera, dreifa á, to sprinkle on; vanta, skorta á, to fall short of; ala á, to plead, beg; leggja á, to throw a spell on, lay a saddle on; hætta á, to venture on; gizka á, to guess at; kveða á, to fix on, etc.: in a reciprocal sense, haldast á, of mutual strife; sendast á, to exchange presents; skrifast á, to correspond (mod.); kallast á, to shout mutually; standast á, to coincide, so as to be just opposite one another, etc.

2.

f. [Lat. aqua; Goth. ahva; Hel. aha; A. S. eâ; O. H. G. aha, owa; cp. Germ. ach and aue; Fr. eau, eaux; Engl. Ax-, Ex-, etc., in names of places; Swed.-Dan. å; the Scandinavians absorb the hu, so that only a single vowel or diphthong remains of the whole word]:—a river. The old form in nom. dat. acc. sing. is , v. the introduction to A, page 1, Bs. i. 333 sq., where ́n, ́ (acc.), and ́na; so also Greg. 677; the old fragm. of Grág. ii. 222, 223, new Ed. In the Kb. of the Edda the old form occurs twice, viz. page 75, ́na (acc.), (but two lines below, ána), í ́nni (dat.) The old form also repeatedly occurs in the Kb. and Sb. of the Grág., e. g. ii. 266, 267: gen. sing. ár; nom. pl. ár, gen. á contracted, dat. ám, obsolete form ́m; Edda 43, Eg. 80, 99, 133, 185: proverbs, at ósi skal á stemma, answering to the Lat. principiis obsta, Edda 60; hér kemr á til sæfar, here the river runs into the sea, metaph. = this is the very end, seems to have been a favourite ending of old poems; it is recorded in the Húsdrápa and the Norðsetadrápa, v. Edda 96, Skálda 198; cp. the common saying, oil vötn renna til sævar, ‘all waters run into the sea.’ Rivers with glacier water are in Icel. called Hvítá, White river, or Jökulsá: Hitá, Hot river, from a hot spring, opp. to Kaldá, v. Landn.: others take a name from the fish in them, as Laxá, Lax or Salmon river (freq.); Örriða á, etc.: a tributary river is þverá, etc.: ár in the Njála often means the great rivers Ölfusá and Þjórsá in the south of Iceland. Áin helga, a river in Sweden, Hkr. ii: á is also suffixed to the names of foreign rivers, Tempsá = Thames; Dóná, Danube (Germ. Don-au), (mod.), etc. Vide Edda (Gl.) 116, 117, containing the names of over a hundred North-English and Scottish rivers.

COMPDS: áráll, árbakki, árbrot, ardjúp, árfarvegr, árfors, árgljúfr, árhlutr, ármegin, árminni, ármót, áróss, árreki, árstraumr, árströnd, árvað, árvegr, árvöxtr.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > Á
6 Stephenson, George

SUBJECT AREA: Land transport, Railways and locomotives

[br]

b. 9 June 1781 Wylam, Northumberland, England

d. 12 August 1848 Tapton House, Chesterfield, England

[br]

English engineer, "the father of railways".

[br]

George Stephenson was the son of the fireman of the pumping engine at Wylam colliery, and horses drew wagons of coal along the wooden rails of the Wylam wagonway past the house in which he was born and spent his earliest childhood. While still a child he worked as a cowherd, but soon moved to working at coal pits. At 17 years of age he showed sufficient mechanical talent to be placed in charge of a new pumping engine, and had already achieved a job more responsible than that of his father. Despite his position he was still illiterate, although he subsequently learned to read and write. He was largely self-educated.

In 1801 he was appointed Brakesman of the winding engine at Black Callerton pit, with responsibility for lowering the miners safely to their work. Then, about two years later, he became Brakesman of a new winding engine erected by Robert Hawthorn at Willington Quay on the Tyne. Returning collier brigs discharged ballast into wagons and the engine drew the wagons up an inclined plane to the top of "Ballast Hill" for their contents to be tipped; this was one of the earliest applications of steam power to transport, other than experimentally.

In 1804 Stephenson moved to West Moor pit, Killingworth, again as Brakesman. In 1811 he demonstrated his mechanical skill by successfully modifying a new and unsatisfactory atmospheric engine, a task that had defeated the efforts of others, to enable it to pump a drowned pit clear of water. The following year he was appointed Enginewright at Killingworth, in charge of the machinery in all the collieries of the "Grand Allies", the prominent coal-owning families of Wortley, Liddell and Bowes, with authorization also to work for others. He built many stationary engines and he closely examined locomotives of John Blenkinsop's type on the Kenton \& Coxlodge wagonway, as well as those of William Hedley at Wylam.

It was in 1813 that Sir Thomas Liddell requested George Stephenson to build a steam locomotive for the Killingworth wagonway: Blucher made its first trial run on 25 July 1814 and was based on Blenkinsop's locomotives, although it lacked their rack-and-pinion drive. George Stephenson is credited with building the first locomotive both to run on edge rails and be driven by adhesion, an arrangement that has been the conventional one ever since. Yet Blucher was far from perfect and over the next few years, while other engineers ignored the steam locomotive, Stephenson built a succession of them, each an improvement on the last.

During this period many lives were lost in coalmines from explosions of gas ignited by miners' lamps. By observation and experiment (sometimes at great personal risk) Stephenson invented a satisfactory safety lamp, working independently of the noted scientist Sir Humphry Davy who also invented such a lamp around the same time.

In 1817 George Stephenson designed his first locomotive for an outside customer, the Kilmarnock \& Troon Railway, and in 1819 he laid out the Hetton Colliery Railway in County Durham, for which his brother Robert was Resident Engineer. This was the first railway to be worked entirely without animal traction: it used inclined planes with stationary engines, self-acting inclined planes powered by gravity, and locomotives.

On 19 April 1821 Stephenson was introduced to Edward Pease, one of the main promoters of the Stockton \& Darlington Railway (S \& DR), which by coincidence received its Act of Parliament the same day. George Stephenson carried out a further survey, to improve the proposed line, and in this he was assisted by his 18-year-old son, Robert Stephenson, whom he had ensured received the theoretical education which he himself lacked. It is doubtful whether either could have succeeded without the other; together they were to make the steam railway practicable.

At George Stephenson's instance, much of the S \& DR was laid with wrought-iron rails recently developed by John Birkinshaw at Bedlington Ironworks, Morpeth. These were longer than cast-iron rails and were not brittle: they made a track well suited for locomotives. In June 1823 George and Robert Stephenson, with other partners, founded a firm in Newcastle upon Tyne to build locomotives and rolling stock and to do general engineering work: after its Managing Partner, the firm was called Robert Stephenson \& Co.

In 1824 the promoters of the Liverpool \& Manchester Railway (L \& MR) invited George Stephenson to resurvey their proposed line in order to reduce opposition to it. William James, a wealthy land agent who had become a visionary protagonist of a national railway network and had seen Stephenson's locomotives at Killingworth, had promoted the L \& MR with some merchants of Liverpool and had carried out the first survey; however, he overreached himself in business and, shortly after the invitation to Stephenson, became bankrupt. In his own survey, however, George Stephenson lacked the assistance of his son Robert, who had left for South America, and he delegated much of the detailed work to incompetent assistants. During a devastating Parliamentary examination in the spring of 1825, much of his survey was shown to be seriously inaccurate and the L \& MR's application for an Act of Parliament was refused. The railway's promoters discharged Stephenson and had their line surveyed yet again, by C.B. Vignoles.

The Stockton \& Darlington Railway was, however, triumphantly opened in the presence of vast crowds in September 1825, with Stephenson himself driving the locomotive Locomotion, which had been built at Robert Stephenson \& Co.'s Newcastle works. Once the railway was at work, horse-drawn and gravity-powered traffic shared the line with locomotives: in 1828 Stephenson invented the horse dandy, a wagon at the back of a train in which a horse could travel over the gravity-operated stretches, instead of trotting behind.

Meanwhile, in May 1826, the Liverpool \& Manchester Railway had successfully obtained its Act of Parliament. Stephenson was appointed Engineer in June, and since he and Vignoles proved incompatible the latter left early in 1827. The railway was built by Stephenson and his staff, using direct labour. A considerable controversy arose c. 1828 over the motive power to be used: the traffic anticipated was too great for horses, but the performance of the reciprocal system of cable haulage developed by Benjamin Thompson appeared in many respects superior to that of contemporary locomotives. The company instituted a prize competition for a better locomotive and the Rainhill Trials were held in October 1829.

Robert Stephenson had been working on improved locomotive designs since his return from America in 1827, but it was the L \& MR's Treasurer, Henry Booth, who suggested the multi-tubular boiler to George Stephenson. This was incorporated into a locomotive built by Robert Stephenson for the trials: Rocket was entered by the three men in partnership. The other principal entrants were Novelty, entered by John Braithwaite and John Ericsson, and Sans Pareil, entered by Timothy Hackworth, but only Rocket, driven by George Stephenson, met all the organizers' demands; indeed, it far surpassed them and demonstrated the practicability of the long-distance steam railway. With the opening of the Liverpool \& Manchester Railway in 1830, the age of railways began.

Stephenson was active in many aspects. He advised on the construction of the Belgian State Railway, of which the Brussels-Malines section, opened in 1835, was the first all-steam railway on the European continent. In England, proposals to link the L \& MR with the Midlands had culminated in an Act of Parliament for the Grand Junction Railway in 1833: this was to run from Warrington, which was already linked to the L \& MR, to Birmingham. George Stephenson had been in charge of the surveys, and for the railway's construction he and J.U. Rastrick were initially Principal Engineers, with Stephenson's former pupil Joseph Locke under them; by 1835 both Stephenson and Rastrick had withdrawn and Locke was Engineer-in-Chief. Stephenson remained much in demand elsewhere: he was particularly associated with the construction of the North Midland Railway (Derby to Leeds) and related lines. He was active in many other places and carried out, for instance, preliminary surveys for the Chester \& Holyhead and Newcastle \& Berwick Railways, which were important links in the lines of communication between London and, respectively, Dublin and Edinburgh.

He eventually retired to Tapton House, Chesterfield, overlooking the North Midland. A man who was self-made (with great success) against colossal odds, he was ever reluctant, regrettably, to give others their due credit, although in retirement, immensely wealthy and full of honour, he was still able to mingle with people of all ranks.

[br]

Principal Honours and Distinctions

President, Institution of Mechanical Engineers, on its formation in 1847. Order of Leopold (Belgium) 1835. Stephenson refused both a knighthood and Fellowship of the Royal Society.

Bibliography

1815, jointly with Ralph Dodd, British patent no. 3,887 (locomotive drive by connecting rods directly to the wheels).

1817, jointly with William Losh, British patent no. 4,067 (steam springs for locomotives, and improvements to track).

Further Reading

L.T.C.Rolt, 1960, George and Robert Stephenson, Longman (the best modern biography; includes a bibliography).

S.Smiles, 1874, The Lives of George and Robert Stephenson, rev. edn, London (although sycophantic, this is probably the best nineteenthcentury biography).

PJGR

Biographical history of technology > Stephenson, George
7 viel

I Adj. a lot of, lots of umg.; viele many; nicht viel not much; nicht viele not many; sehr viel a great deal (of); sehr viele very many, a lot ( oder lots umg) (of), a great many; noch einmal so viel as much again; ziemlich viel(e) quite a lot (of); viel verdienen earn a lot of money; viele sind dafür etc. many people are in favo(u)r of it etc.; einer zu viel one too many; einer unter vielen one among(st) many; ein bisschen viel a bit ( oder little) (too) much; siehe auch bisschen II; viel zu viel far too much; das viele Geld all that money; in vielem in many ways; viel Erfreuliches etc. lots of nice things etc.; das letzte Jahr hat nicht viel Erfreuliches gebracht the past year hasn’t brought much joy; um vieles besser far ( oder much) better; das will viel / nicht viel heißen that’s saying a lot / that’s not saying much; Dank, Glück 1, so I 8; Spaß 2 etc.

II Adv.

1. a lot, lots umg.; viel reisen / krank sein etc. travel / be ill etc. a lot; die Straße wird viel befahren the road is used a lot, a lot of traffic uses the road; viel besser much better; was gibt es da noch viel zu bereden? what is there to discuss?, I thought we’d settled things; was soll ich dir noch viel erzählen? there’s no point in my going into (any great) detail about it

2. mit P.P.: viel beachtet well regarded; viel befahren very busy; eine viel befahrene Straße auch a road with heavy traffic; viel begehrt Künstler, Junggeselle etc.: much ( oder highly) sought-after; viel benutzt well-used; viel beschäftigt very busy; viel besucht much-frequented; viel besungen lit. oder hum. präd. frequently celebrated in song, attr. auch oft-sung lit.; viel bewundert much-admired; viel diskutiert much-discussed, widely discussed; viel gebraucht much-used; viel gefragt very popular; viel gefragt sein auch be in great demand; viel gehasst much-hated; viel gekauft frequently bought; viel gelesen much-read; viel geliebt much-loved; viel gelobt much-praised; viel genannt often-mentioned, lit. oft-mentioned; Buch: much-cited, oft-cited; (berühmt) noted, distinguished; viel gepriesen much-praised; viel geprüft sorely tried; viel gereist widely- ( oder much-)travel(l)ed; er ist ein viel gereister Mann he’s done a lot of travel(l)ing (in his time); viel gerühmt much-praised; viel geschmäht oder gescholten much-maligned, much-reviled; viel kritisiert much-criticized; viel umjubelt highly acclaimed; viel umstritten highly controversial; viel umworben much sought-after; viel zitiert much-cited, oft-cited

3. mit Part. Präs.: viel sagend Blick: meaningful; sie sah mich viel sagend an she gave me a meaningful look; viel sagend schweigen fall into a meaningful silence; viel verheißend oder viel versprechend (very) promising

* * *

a great deal (Adv.); much (Adj.); much (Adv.); a lot (Adv.); a lot of (Pron.); lots of (Pron.)

* * *
[fiːl]
indef pron, adj comp mehr
[meːɐ] superl meiste(r, s) or adv am meisten ['maistə]
1) sing (adjektivisch) a lot of, a great deal of; (substantivisch) a lot, a great deal; (esp fragend, verneint) much

víéles — a lot of things

víél(es), was..., víél(es) von dem, was... — a lot or great deal of what...

in víélem, in víéler Hinsicht or Beziehung — in many respects

mit víélem — with a lot of things

um víéles besser etc — a lot or much or a great deal better etc

sehr víél (Geld etc) — a lot or a great deal (of money etc)

nicht sehr víél (Geld etc) — not very much (money etc)

so víél — so much

halb/doppelt so víél — half/twice as much

so víél als or wie... — as much as...

nimm dir so víél du willst — take as much as you like

noch einmal so víél — the same again

das ist so víél wie eine Zusage — that is tantamount to a promise, that amounts to a promise

so víél für heute! — that's all for today

so víél, was ihn betrifft — so much for him

so víél (Arbeit etc) — so much or such a lot (of work etc)

noch (ein)mal so víél (Zeit etc) — as much (time etc) again

zweimal so víél (Arbeit etc) — twice as much (work etc)

gleich víél (Gewinn etc) — the same amount (of profit etc)

wie víél — how much; (bei Mehrzahl) how many

(um) wie víél größer — how much bigger

ziemlich víél (Schmutz etc) — rather a lot (of dirt etc)

zu víél — too much; (inf

víél zu víél — much or far too much

besser zu víél als zu wenig — better too much than too little

wenns dir zu víél wird, sag Bescheid — say if it gets too much for you

ihm ist alles zu víél (inf) — it's all too much for him

da krieg ich zu víél (inf) — I blow my top (inf)

einer/zwei etc zu víél — one/two etc too many

einen/ein paar zu víél trinken (inf) — to drink or have (inf) one/a few too many

was zu víél ist, ist zu víél — that's just too much, there's a limit to everything

ein bisschen víél (Regen etc) — a bit too much (rain etc)

furchtbar víél (Regen etc) — an awful lot (of rain etc)

víél Erfolg! — good luck!, I wish you every success!

víél Spaß! — have fun!, enjoy yourself/yourselves!

víél Neues/Schönes etc — a lot of or many new/beautiful etc things

víél Volk — a lot of people

das víéle Geld — all that money

sein víéles Geld — all his money

das víéle Geld/Lesen etc — all this money/reading etc

víél zu tun haben — to have a lot to do

er hält víél von ihm/davon — he thinks a lot or a great deal of him/it

er hält nicht víél von ihm/davon — he doesn't think much of him/it

das will víél/nicht víél heißen or sagen — that's saying a lot or a great deal/not saying much

2)

víéle pl (adjektivisch) — many, a lot of, a great number of; (substantivisch) many, a lot

es waren nicht víéle auf der Party — there weren't many (people) or a lot (of people) at the party

es waren nicht víéle in der Schule — there weren't many (children) or a lot (of children) at school

da wir so víéle sind — since there are so many or such a lot of us

davon gibt es nicht víéle — there aren't many or a lot about

davon gibt es nicht mehr víéle — there aren't many or a lot left

furchtbar víéle (Kinder/Bewerbungen etc) — a tremendous number or an awful lot (of children/applications etc)

gleich víéle (Angestellte/Anteile etc) — the same number (of employees/shares etc)

so/zu víéle (Menschen/Fehler etc) — so/too many (people/mistakes etc)

er hat víél(e) Sorgen/Probleme etc — he has a lot of worries/problems etc

víéle hundert or Hundert Menschen — many hundreds of people

die/seine víélen Fehler etc — the/his many mistakes etc

die víélen Leute/Bücher! — all these people/books!

víéle glauben,... — many (people) or a lot of people believe...

und víéle andere —

es waren derer or ihrer víéle (liter) — there were many of them

3) (adverbial: mit vb) a lot, a great deal; (esp fragend, verneint) much

er arbeitet víél — he works a lot

er arbeitet nicht víél — he doesn't work much

er arbeitet zu víél — he works too much

er arbeitet so víél — he works so much or such a lot

sie ist víél krank/von zu Hause weg — she's ill/away a lot

die Straße wird (sehr/nicht) víél befahren — this street is (very/not very) busy

dieses Thema wird víél diskutiert — this subject is much debated

sich víél einbilden — to think a lot of oneself

4) (adverbial: mit adj, adv) much, a lot

víél größer etc — much or a lot bigger etc

víél beschäftigt — very busy

víél diskutiert — much discussed

víél erörtert — much discussed

víél gehasst — much-hated

víél gekauft — frequently bought, much-purchased

víél geliebt — much-loved

víél genannt — much-cited, frequently mentioned

víél geprüft (hum) — sorely tried

víél gereist — much-travelled (Brit), much-traveled (US)

víél geschmäht — much-maligned

víél umworben — much-sought-after; Frau much-courted

víél verheißend — promising, full of promise; anfangen promisingly

sich víél verheißend anhören — to sound promising

nicht víél anders — not very or much or a lot different

víél zu... — much too...

víél zu víél — much or far too much

víél zu víéle — far too many

ich würde víél lieber auf eine Party gehen — I'd much rather go to a party, I'd much prefer to go to a party

* * *

1) (a large quantity or number: What a lot of letters!) a lot

2) (a (great) amount or quantity of: This job won't take much effort; I found it without much difficulty; How much sugar is there left?; There's far too much salt in my soup; He ate so much ice-cream that he was sick; Take as much money as you need; After much discussion they decided to go.) much

3) (a large amount; a great deal: He didn't say much about it; Much of this trouble could have been prevented; Did you eat much?; not much; too much; as much as I wanted; How much did you eat?; Only this/that / so much; How much is (= What is the price of) that fish?; Please tidy your room - it isn't much to ask.) much

4) ((by) a great deal; (by) far: She's much prettier than I am; He isn't much older than you; How much further must we walk?; much more easily; He's much the best person to ask.) much

5) (to have a good, or bad, opinion of: She thought highly of him and his poetry.) think highly

6) (to have a good, or bad, opinion of: She thought highly of him and his poetry.) well

7) (to have a good, or bad, opinion of: She thought highly of him and his poetry.) badly etc of

* * *

viel

[fi:l]

I. pron indef sing

▪ \vieles a lot, a great deal, much/many

sie weiß \vieles she knows a lot [or a great deal]

ich habe meiner Frau \vieles zu verdanken I have to thank my wife for a lot

\vieles, was du da sagst, trifft zu a lot [or much] of what you say is correct

in \vielem hast du Recht in many respects you're right

in \vielem gebe ich Ihnen Recht I agree with you in much of what you say

mit \vielem, was er vorschlägt, bin ich einverstanden I agree with many of the things he suggests

mein Mann ist um \vieles jünger als ich my husband is much younger than me

es ist \vieles neu an diesem Modell this model has many [or a lot of] new features

schöner ist dieser Lederkoffer natürlich, aber auch um \vieles teurer this leather suitcase is nicer, of course, but a lot more expensive

II. art indef sing

sie kam mit \vielem alten Zeug she came with a lot of old stuff

in \vieler Beziehung in many respects

\vieles Ermutigende/Faszinierende/Schreckliche much encouragement/fascination/horror

\vieles Interessante gab es zu sehen there was much of interest [or were many interesting things] to see

III. adj

<mehr, meiste>

1. sing, attr, inv

\viel Arbeit/Geduld/Geld a lot [or great deal] of work/patience/money

\viel Erfolg! good luck!, I wish you every success!

\viel Glück! all the best!, I wish you luck!

\viel Spaß! enjoy yourself/yourselves!, have fun!

\viel Vergnügen! enjoy yourself/yourselves!

2. sing, attr

▪ \viele/ \vieler/ \vieles... many/much..., a lot of...

ihre Augen waren rot von \vielem Weinen her eyes were red from much crying

\vielen Dank! thank you very much!

3. sing, attr

▪ der/die/das \viele... all this/that

das \viele Essen über die Weihnachtstage ist mir nicht bekommen all that food over Christmas hasn't done me any good

der \viele Ärger lässt mich nicht mehr schlafen I can't get to sleep with all this trouble

▪ sein \vieler/sein \vieles/seine \viele... all one's...

4. sing, allein stehend, inv a lot, a great deal, much/many

ich habe zu \viel zu tun I have too much to do

sechs Kinder sind heute \viel six children today are many [or a lot]

das ist sehr/unendlich \viel that's a huge/an endless amount/number

viel wurde getan a lot [or a great deal] [or much] was done

ihr Blick sagte \viel her look spoke volumes

sie hat \viel von ihrem Mutter she has a lot of her mother

das ist ein bisschen \viel [auf einmal]! that's a little too much [all at once]!

nicht/recht \viel not much [or a lot]/quite a lot

von dem Plan halte ich nicht \viel I don't think much of the plan

das hat nicht \viel zu bedeuten that doesn't mean much

er kann nicht \viel vertragen he can't hold his drink

sie ist nicht \viel über dreißig she's not much over thirty

was kann dabei schon \viel passieren? (fam) nothing's going to happen!

\viel verheißend/versprechend highly promising

was zu \viel ist, ist zu \viel enough is enough

5. pl, attr

▪ \viele... a lot of..., a great number of..., many...

unglaublich \viele Heuschrecken an unbelievable number of grasshoppers

ein Geschenk von \vielen hundert Blumen a present of many hundreds of flowers

und \viele andere and many others

▪ die \vielen... the great many [or number of]...

6. pl, allein stehend

▪ \viele many; von Dingen a. a lot

diese Ansicht wird immer noch von \vielen vertreten this view is still held by many [people]

es sind noch einige Fehler, aber \viele haben wir verbessert there are still some errors, but we've corrected many [or a lot] [of them]

\viele deiner Bücher kenne ich schon I know many [or a lot] of your books already

es waren \viele von ihnen [o (geh) ihrer \viele] da there were many of them there

einer unter \vielen one among many

7. mit vorangestelltem Vergleichsadverb

so \viel ist gewiss one thing is for certain

ebenso \viel equally many/as much

genauso \viel exactly as many/much

gleich \viel just as much/many, the same

gleich \viel Sand/Wasser the same amount of sand/water

wir haben gleich \viele Dienstjahre we've been working here for the same number of years

nicht \viel nützen (fam) to be not much use

wie \viel/ \viele? how much/many?

8. sing, allein stehend, inv DIAL (fam: nichts)

ich weiß \viel, was du willst I haven't a clue what you want fam

IV. adv

<mehr, am meisten>

1. (häufig)

im Sommer halten wir uns \viel im Garten auf we spend a lot of time in the garden in summer

früher hat sie ihre Mutter immer \viel besucht she always used to visit her mother a lot

man redet \viel von Frieden there's much [or a lot of] talk about peace

eine \viel befahrene Straße a [very] busy street

ein \viel beschäftigter Mann a very busy man

\viel diskutiert much discussed

einmal zu \viel once too often

ein \viel erfahrener Pilot a pilot with a lot of experience

ein \viel gefragtes Model a model that is in great demand

\viel gekauft popular

\viel gelesen widely read

\viel geliebt much loved

\viel gepriesen highly acclaimed

ein \viel gereister Mann a man who has travelled a great deal

\viel geschmäht much maligned [or abused]

eine \viel gestellte Frage a question that comes up frequently

\viel ins Kino/Theater gehen to go to the cinema/theatre frequently [or a lot], to be a regular cinema-goer/theatre-goer

\viel umstritten highly controversial

2. (wesentlich)

woanders ist es nicht \viel anders als bei uns there's not much [or a lot of] difference between where we live and somewhere else

ich weiß \viel mehr, als du denkst I know far [or much] [or a lot] more than you think

\viel kürzer/schwerer/weiter far [or much] [or a lot] shorter/heavier/more distant

\viel zu groß/lang/teuer far [or much] too big/long/expensive

\viel zu viel far [or much] too much

* * *
1.
Indefinitpronomen und unbestimmtes Zahlwort

1) Sg. a great deal of; a lot of (coll.)

so/wie/nicht/zu viel — that/how/not/too much

viel[es] — (viele Dinge, vielerlei) much

ich kann mich an vieles nicht mehr erinnern — there's much I can't remember

der viele Regen — all the rain

gleich viel Geld — the same amount of money

um vieles jünger — a great deal younger

viel Erfreuliches — a great many pleasant things

er hat in vielem recht — he is right on many points

viel sagend — (fig.) meaningful

viel sagend lächeln — smile meaningfully

viel versprechend — [very] promising

2) Plural many

gleich viel[e] — the same number of

wie viel[e] — how many

zu viel[e] — too many

viele hundert — many hundreds of

die vielen Menschen — all the people

seine vielen Kinder — all his children
2.
Adverb

1) (oft, lange) a great deal; a lot (coll.)

viel beschäftigt — very busy

2) (wesentlich) much; a great deal; a lot (coll.)

viel mehr/weniger — much more/less

viel zu viel — far or much to much

viel zu wenig — far too little

viel zu klein — much too small

er ist nicht viel über fünfzig — he is not much more than or much over fifty

* * *

viel

A. adj a lot of, lots of umg;

viele many;

nicht viel not much;

nicht viele not many;

sehr viel a great deal (of);

sehr viele very many, a lot ( oder lots umg) (of), a great many;

noch einmal so viel as much again;

ziemlich viel(e) quite a lot (of);

viel verdienen earn a lot of money;

viele sind dafür etc many people are in favo(u)r of it etc;

einer zu viel one too many;

einer unter vielen one among(st) many;

ein bisschen viel a bit ( oder little) (too) much; → auch bisschen B;

viel zu viel far too much;

das viele Geld all that money;

in vielem in many ways;

viel Erfreuliches etc lots of nice things etc;

das letzte Jahr hat nicht viel Erfreuliches gebracht the past year hasn’t brought much joy;

um vieles besser far ( oder much) better;

das will viel/nicht viel heißen that’s saying a lot/that’s not saying much; → Dank, Glück 1, so A 8; Spaß 2 etc

B. adv

1. a lot, lots umg;

viel reisen/krank sein etc travel/be ill etc a lot;

die Straße wird viel befahren the road is used a lot, a lot of traffic uses the road;

viel besser much better;

was gibt es da noch viel zu bereden? what is there to discuss?, I thought we’d settled things;

was soll ich dir noch viel erzählen? there’s no point in my going into (any great) detail about it

2. mit pperf:

viel beachtet well regarded;

viel befahren very busy;

eine viel befahrene Straße auch a road with heavy traffic;

viel begehrt Künstler, Junggeselle etc: much ( oder highly) sought-after;

viel benutzt well-used;

viel beschäftigt very busy;

viel besucht much-frequented;

viel besungen liter oder hum präd frequently celebrated in song, attr auch oft-sung liter;

viel bewundert much-admired;

viel diskutiert much-discussed, widely discussed;

viel gebraucht much-used;

viel gefragt very popular;

viel gefragt sein auch be in great demand;

viel gehasst much-hated;

viel gekauft frequently bought;

viel gelesen much-read;

viel geliebt much-loved;

viel gelobt much-praised;

viel genannt often-mentioned, liter oft-mentioned; Buch: much-cited, oft-cited; (berühmt) noted, distinguished;

viel gepriesen much-praised;

viel geprüft sorely tried;

viel gereist widely- ( oder much-)travel(l)ed;

er ist ein viel gereister Mann he’s done a lot of travel(l)ing (in his time);

viel gerühmt much-praised;

viel geschmäht oder

gescholten much-maligned, much-reviled;

viel kritisiert much-criticized;

viel umjubelt highly acclaimed;

viel umstritten highly controversial;

viel umworben much sought-after;

viel zitiert much-cited, oft-cited

3. mit ppr:

viel sagend → vielsagend;

viel verheißend oder

viel versprechend (very) promising

* * *
1.
Indefinitpronomen und unbestimmtes Zahlwort

1) Sg. a great deal of; a lot of (coll.)

so/wie/nicht/zu viel — that/how/not/too much

viel[es] — (viele Dinge, vielerlei) much

ich kann mich an vieles nicht mehr erinnern — there's much I can't remember

der viele Regen — all the rain

gleich viel Geld — the same amount of money

um vieles jünger — a great deal younger

viel Erfreuliches — a great many pleasant things

er hat in vielem recht — he is right on many points

viel sagend — (fig.) meaningful

viel sagend lächeln — smile meaningfully

viel versprechend — [very] promising

2) Plural many

gleich viel[e] — the same number of

wie viel[e] — how many

zu viel[e] — too many

viele hundert — many hundreds of

die vielen Menschen — all the people

seine vielen Kinder — all his children
2.
Adverb

1) (oft, lange) a great deal; a lot (coll.)

viel beschäftigt — very busy

2) (wesentlich) much; a great deal; a lot (coll.)

viel mehr/weniger — much more/less

viel zu viel — far or much to much

viel zu wenig — far too little

viel zu klein — much too small

er ist nicht viel über fünfzig — he is not much more than or much over fifty

* * *

(wenig) zu wünschen übriglassen ausdr.

to leave much (little)

to be desired expr. adj.

many adj.

much adj.

much n.

umpteen adj.

various adj.

Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > viel
8 FARA

go

* * *

(fer; fór, fórum; farinn), v.

1) to move, pass along, go;

gekk hann hvargi sem hann fór, he walked wherever he went;

fara heim (heiman), to go home (from home);

fara á fund e-s to visit one;

fjöld ek fór, I travelled much;

hann sagði, hversu orð fóru með þeim, what words passed between them;

absol., to go begging (ómagar, er þar eigu at fara í því þingi);

2) with ‘ferð, leið’ or the like added in acc., gen., or dat.;

fara leiðar sinnar, to go one’s way, proceed on one’s journey (= fara ferðar sinnar or ferða sinna, fara ferð sina, fara för sina, förum sínum);

fara þessa ferð, to make this journey;

fara fullum dagleiðum, to travel a full days journeys;

fara stefnuför, to go a-summoning;

fara bónorðsför, to go a-wooing;

fara sigrför, to go on the path of victory, to triumph;

fara góða för, to make a lucky journey;

fig., fara ósigr, to be defeated;

fara mikinn skaða, to suffer great damage;

fara hneykju, skömm, to incur disgrace;

fara erendleysu, to fail in one’s errand;

with the road in acc. (fara fjöll ok dala);

3) fara búðum, bygðum, vistum, to move, change one’s abode;

fara eldi ok arni, to move one’s hearth and fire;

4) fara einn saman, to go alone;

fara eigi ein saman, to go with child (= fara með barni);

5) with infin.;

fara sofa, to go to sleep (allir menn vóru sofa farnir);

fara vega, to go to fight;

fara leita, to go seeking (var leita farit);

6) with an a., etc.;

fara villr, to go astray;

fara haltr, to walk lame;

fara vanstiltr, to go out of one’s mind;

fara duldr e-s, to be unaware of;

fara andvígr e-m, to give battle;

fara leyniliga (leynt), to be kept secret;

eigi má þetta svá fara, this cannot go on in that way;

fjarri ferr þat, far from it, by no means;

fór þat fjarri, at ek vilda, I was far from desiring it;

7) to turn out, end;

fór þat sem líkligt var, it turned out as was likely (viz. ended ill);

svá fór, at, the end was, that;

ef svá ferr sem ek get til, if it turns out as I guess;

á sómu leið fór um aðra sendimenn, it went the same way with the other messengers;

8) to fare well, ill;

biðja e-n vel fara, to bid one farewell;

9) to suit, fit, esp. of clothes, hair (ekki þykkir mér kyrtill þinn fara betr en stakkr minn; hárit fór vel);

impers., fór illa á hestinum, it sat ill on the horse;

10) impers., e-m ferr vel, illa, one behaves or acts well, ill;

honum hafa öll málin verst farit, he has behaved worst in the whole matter;

e-m ferr vinveittliga, one behaves in a friendly way;

11) fara e-t höndum, to touch with the hands, esp. of a healing touch, = fara höndum um e-t (bið hann fara höndum meinit);

fara land herskildi, brandi, to visit a land with ‘warshield’, with fire, to ravage or devastate it (gekk síðan á land upp með liði sínu ok fór alit herskildi);

12) to overtake (Án hrísmagi var þeirra skjótastr ok gat farit sveininn);

tunglit ferr sólina, the moon overtakes the sun;

áðr hana Fenrir fari, before F. overtakes her;

13) to ill-treat, treat cruelly;

menn sá ek þá, er mjök höfðu hungri farit hörund, that had chastened their flesh with much fasting;

14) to put an end to, destroy;

fara sér (sjálfr), to kill oneself;

fara lífi (fjörvi) e-s, to deprive one of life;

þú hefir sigr vegit ok Fáfni (dat.) um farit, killed F.;

15) to forfeit (fara löndum ok lausafé);

16) refl., farast;

17) with preps. and advs.:

fara af klæðum, to take off one’s clothes;

fara at e-m, to make an attack upon, to assault (eigi mundi í annat sinn vænna at fara at jarlinum);

fara at e-u, to mind, pay heed to;

ekki fer ek at, þótt þú hafir svelt þik til fjár (it does not matter to me, I do not care, though);

to deal with a thing, proceed in a certain way;

svá skal at sókn fara, thus is the pleading to be proceeded with;

fara at lögum, úlögum, to proceed lawfully, unlawfully;

fara mjúkliga at, to proceed gently;

hér skulu við fara at með ráðum, act with, deliberation;

impers. with dat., to do, behave;

illa hefir mér at farit, I have done my business badly; to go in pusuit (search) of (víkingar nökkurir þeir sem fóru at féföngum);

fara at fuglaveiðum, to go a-fowling;

fara at fé, to tend sheep;

fara á e-n, to come upon one;

sigu saman augu, þá er dauðinn fór á, when death seized him;

fara á hæl or hæli, to step back, retreat;

fara eptir e-m, to follow one;

fara eptir e-u, to go for, go to fetch (Snorri goði fór eptir líkinu; fara eptir vatni); to accommodate oneself to, conform to (engi vildi eptir öðrum fara);

þau orð er eptir fara, the following words;

fara fram, to go on, take place;

ef eigi ferr gjald fram, if no payment takes place;

veizlan ferr vel fram, the feast went on well;

spyrr, hvat þar fœri fram, he asked, what was going on there;

fara fram ráðum e-s, to follow one’s advice;

allt mun þat sínu fram fara, it will take its own course;

kváðu þat engu gegna ok fóru sínu fram, took their own way;

segir honum, hversu þeir fóru fram, how they acted;

fara e-t fram, to do., perform a thing;

spyrr hann, hvat nú sé fram faranda, what is to be done;

fara fyrir e-t, to pass for, be taken for (fari sá fyrir níðing, er);

fara hjá sér, to be beside oneself;

fara í e-t, to go into (fara í tunnu);

fara í sæng, rekkju, to go to bed;

fara í sess sinn, sæti sitt, to take one’s seat;

fara í klæði, to put on clothes, dress;

fara í vápn, brynju, to put on armour;

fara í lag, to go right or straight again (þá fóru brýnn hans í lag);

fara í vöxt, to increase;

fara í þurð, to wane;

fara í hernað, víking, to go a-freebooting;

nú ferr í úvænt efni, now matters look hopeless;

to happen, occur (alit þat, er í hafði farit um nóttina);

fara með e-t, to wield handle, manage;

fór Hroptr með Gungni, H. wielded (the spear) Gungnir;

fara með goðorð, to hold a goðorð;

fara með sök, to manage a lawsuit;

to practice, deal in;

fara með rán, to deal in robbery;

fara með spott ok háð, to go scoffing and mocking;

fara með galdra ok fjölkyngi, to practice sorcery;

to deal with, treat, handle (þú munt bezt ok hógligast með hann fara);

fara af hljóði með e-t, to keep matters secret;

fara með e-m, to go with one, follow one (ek skal með yðr fara með allan minn styrk);

fara með e-u, to do (so and so) with a thing, to deal with, manage;

hvernig þeir skyldu fara með vápnum sínum, what they were to do with their weapons;

sá maðr, er með arfinum ferr, who manages the inheritance;

fara með málum sínum, to manage one’s case;

fara vel með sínum háttum, to bear oneself well;

undarliga fara munkar þessir með sér, these monks behave strangely;

fara með barni, to go with child;

impers., ferr með þeim heldr fáliga, they are on indifferent terms;

fara ór landi, to leave the country;

fara ór klæðum, fötum, to take off one’s clothes, undress;

fara saman, to go together; to shake, shudder;

fór en forna fold öll saman, shivered all through;

to concur, agree (hversu má þat saman f);

fara til svefns, to go to sleep (= fara at sofa);

fara um e-t, to travel over (fara um fjall);

fara höndum um e-n, to stroke or touch one with the hands (hann fór höndum um þá, er sjúkir vóru);

fara mörgum orðum um e-t, to dilate upon a subject;

fara myrkt um e-t, to keep a matter dark;

fara undan, to excuse oneself (from doing a thing), to decline, refuse (hvat berr til, at þú ferr undan at gera mér veizluna);

borð fara upp, the tables are removed;

fara út, to go from Norway to Iceland; to come to a close, run out (fóru svá út þessir fimm vetr);

fara útan, to go abroad (from Iceland);

fara við e-n, to treat one, deal with one in a certain way;

margs á, ek minnast, hve við mik fóruð, I have many things to remember of your dealings with me;

fara yfir e-t, to go through;

nú er yfir farit um landnám, now an account of the settlements has been given;

skjótt yfir at fara, to be brief.

* * *

pret. fóra, 2nd pers. fórt, mod. fórst, pl. fóru; pres. ferr, 2nd pers. ferr, in mod. pronunciation ferð; pret. subj. færa; imperat. far and farðu (= far þú); sup. farit; part. farinn; with the suffixed neg. fór-a, Am. 45; farið-a ( depart not), Hkr. i. 115 MS. (in a verse). [In the Icel. scarcely any other verb is in so freq. use as fara, as it denotes any motion; not so in other Teut. idioms; in Ulf. faran is only used once, viz. Luke x. 7; Goth. farjan means to sail, and this seems to be the original sense of fara (vide far); A. S. faran; the Germ. fahren and Engl. fare are used in a limited sense; in the Engl. Bible this word never occurs (Cruden); Swed. fara; Dan. fare.]

A. NEUT. to go, fare, travel, in the widest sense; gékk hann hvargi sem hann fór, he walked wherever he went, Hkr. i. 100; né ek flý þó ek ferr, I fly not though I fare, Edda (in a verse); létt er lauss at fara (a proverb), Sl. 37: the saying, verðr hverr með sjálfum sér lengst at fara, Gísl. 25; cp. ‘dass von sich selbst der Mensch nicht scheiden kann’ (Göthe’s Tasso), or the Lat. ‘patriae quis exul se quoque fugit?’ usually in the sense to go, to depart, heill þú farir, heill þú aptr komir, Vþm. 4; but also to come, far þú hingat til mín, come here, Nj. 2.

2. to travel, go forth or through, pass, or the like; þú skalt fara í Kirkjubæ, Nj. 74; fara ór landi, to fare forth from one’s country, Fms. v. 24; kjóll ferr austan, Vsp. 51; Surtr ferr sunnan, 52; snjór var mikill, ok íllt at fara, and ill to pass, Fms. ix. 491; fóru þeir út eptir ánni, Eg. 81; siðan fór Egill fram með skóginum, 531; þeim sem hann vildi at færi … Njáll hét at fara, Nj. 49; fara munu vér, Eg. 579; Egill fór til þess er hann kom til Álfs. 577, Fms. xi. 122; fara þeir nú af melinum á sléttuna. Eg. 747; fara heiman, to fare forth from one’s home, K. Þ. K. 6; alls mik fara tíðir, Vþm. 1; fjölð ek fór, far I fared, i. e. travelled far, 3: the phrase, fara utan, to fare outwards, go abroad (from Iceland), passim; fara vestr um haf, to fare westward over the sea, i. e. to the British Isles, Hkr. i. 101; fara á fund e-s, to visit one, Ld. 62; fara at heimboði, to go to a feast, id.; fara fæti, to fare a-foot, go walking, Hkr.; absol. fara, to travel, beg, hence föru-maðr, a vagrant, beggar; in olden times the poor went their rounds from house to house within a certain district, cp. Grág. i. 85; ómagar er þar eigu at fara í því þingi eðr um þau þing, id.; ómagar skolu fara, 119; omegð þá er þar ferr, 296: in mod. usage, fara um and um-ferð, begging, going round.

β. with prep.: fara at e-m, to make an inroad upon one, Nj. 93, 94, 102 (cp. at-för); fara á e-n, to mount, e. g. fara á bak, to mount on horseback; metaph., dauðinn fór á, death seized him, Fms. xi. 150; f. saman, to go together, Edda 121, Grág. ii. 256; f. saman also means to shudder. Germ. zusammenfahren, Hým. 24: metaph. to concur, agree, hversu má þat saman f., Nj. 192; þeim þótti þat mjök saman f., Fms. iv. 382; fara á hæl, or á hæli, to go a-heel, i. e. step back. retreat, xi. 278, Eg. 296; fara undan, metaph. to excuse oneself, refuse (v. undan), Nj. 23, Fms. x. 227; fara fyrir, to proceed; fara eptir, to follow.

3. with ferð, leið or the like added, in acc. or gen. to go one’s way; fara leiðar sinnar, to proceed on one’s journey, Eg. 81, 477, Fms. i. 10, Grág. ii. 119; fara ferðar sinnar, or ferða sinna, id.. Eg. 180, Fms. iv. 125; fara derð sina, id.. Eg. 568; fara förum sínum, or för sinní, id., K. Þ. K. 80, 90; fara dagfari ok náttfari, to travel day and night, Fms. i. 203; fara fullum dagleiðum, to go full days-journeys, Grág. i. 91; or in a more special sense, fara þessa ferð, to make this journey, Fas. ii. 117; f. stefnu-för, to go a-summoning; f. bónorðs-för, to go a-courting, Nj. 148; f. sigr-för, to go on the way of victory, to triumph, Eg. 21; fara sendi-för, to go on a message, 540.

β. in a metaph. sense; fara hneykju-för, to be shamefully beaten, Hrafn. 19 (MS.); fara ósigr, to be defeated, Eg. 287; fara mikinn skaða, to ‘fare’ (i. e. suffer) great damage, Karl. 43; fara því verrum förum, fara skömm, hneykju, erendleysu, úsæmð, to get the worst of it, Fms. viii. 125.

4. with the road in acc.; hann fór Vánar-skarð, Landn. 226; f. sjó-veg, land-veg, K. Þ. K. 24; fór mörg lönd ok stórar merkr, Fas. ii. 540; fara sömu leið, Fms. i. 70; f. sama veg, Luke x. 31; f. fjöll ok dala, Barl. 104; fara út-leið, þjóð-leið, Fms. iv. 260; also, fara um veg, fara um fjall, to cross a fell, Hm. 3; fara liði, to march, Fms. i. 110.

II. in a more indefinite sense, to go; fara búðum, bygðum, vistum, to move, change one’s abode, Ld. 56, Hkr. ii. 177, Nj. 151, Vigl. 30; fara búferla, to more one’s household, Grág. ii. 409; fara vöflunarförum, to go a-begging, i. 163, 294, ii. 482.

2. the phrases, fara eldi ok arni, a law term, to move one’s hearth and fire. Grág. ii. 253; fara eldi um land, a heathen rite for taking possession of land, defined in Landn. 276. cp. Eb. 8, Landn. 189, 284.

3. fara einn-saman, to be alone. Grág. ii. 9; the phrase, f. eigi einn-saman, to be not alone, i. e. with child, Fms. iii. 109; or, fór hón með svein þann, Bs. i. 437; cp. ganga með barni.

4. adding an adj., to denote gait, pace, or the like; fara snúðigt, to stride haughtily, Nj. 100; fara mikinn, to rush on, 143; fara flatt, to fall flat, tumble, Bárð. 177; fara hægt, to walk slowly.

β. fara til svefns, to go to sleep, Nj. 35; f. í sæti sitt, to go to one’s seat, 129; f. í sess, Vþm. 9; f. á bekk, 19; fara á sæng, to go to bed, N. G. L. i. 30; fara í rúmið, id. (mod.); fara í mannjöfnuð, Ísl. ii. 214; fara í lag, to be put straight, Eg. 306; fara í vöxt, to wax, increase, Fms. ix. 430, Al. 141; fara í þurð, to wane, Ld. 122, l. 1 (MS.); fara í úefni, to go to the wrong side, Sturl. iii. 210; fara at skakka, to be odd ( not even). Sturl. ii. 258; fara at sölum, to be put out for sale, Grág. ii. 204.

5. fara at fuglum, to go a-fowling, Orkn. (in a verse); fara at fugla-veiðum, id., Bb. 3. 36; fara í hernað, í víking, to go a-freebooting, Fms. i. 33, Landn. 31; fara at fé, to watch sheep, Ld. 240; fara at fé-föngum, to go a-fetching booty, Fms. vii. 78.

β. with infin., denoting one’s ‘doing’ or ‘being;’ fara sofa, to go to sleep, Eg. 377; fara vega, to go to fight, Vsp. 54, Gm. 23; fara at róa, Vígl. 22; fara leita, to go seeking, Fms. x. 240; fara að búa, to set up a household, Bb. 2. 6; fara að hátta, to go to bed.

γ. akin to this is the mod. use of fara with an infin. following in the sense to begin, as in the East Angl. counties of Engl. it ‘fares’ to …, i. e. it begins, is likely to be or to do so and so; það fer að birta, það er farit að dimma, it ‘fares’ to grow dark; það fer að hvessa, it ‘fares’ to blow; fer að rigna, it ‘fares’ to rain. etc.:—no instance of this usage is recorded in old Icel., but the Engl. usage shews that it must be old.

δ. with an adj. etc.; fara villr, to go astray, Sks. 565; fara haltr, to go lame, Fms. x. 420; fara vanstiltr, to go out of one’s mind, 264; fara hjá sér, to be beside oneself, Eb. 270; fara apr, to feel chilly, Fms. vi. 237 (in a verse); fara duldr e-s, to be unaware of, Skálda 187 (in a verse); fara andvígr e-m, to give battle, Stor. 8; fara leyniliga, to go secretly, be kept hidden, Nj. 49.

6. to pass; fór sú skipan til Íslands, Fms. x. 23; fara þessi mál til þings, Nj. 100; hversu orð fóru með þeim, how words passed between them, 90; fóru þau orð um, the runner went abroad, Fms. i. 12; ferr orð er um munn líðr (a saying), iv. 279; þá fór ferligt úorðan, a bad report went abroad, Hom. 115.

7. fara fram, to go on, take place; ferr þetta fram, Ld. 258; ef eigi ferr gjald fram, if no payment takes place, K. Þ. K. 64; ferr svá fram, and so things went on without a break, Nj. 11, Eg. 711; veizlan ferr vel fram, the feast went on well, Nj. 11, 51; spyrr hvat þar færi fram, he asked what there was going on. Band. 17; fór allt á sömu leið sem fyrr, it went on all the same as before, Fms. iv. 112; fara fram ráðum e-s, to follow one’s advice, Nj. 5, 66, Fms. vii. 318; allt mun þat sínu fram f., it will take its own course, Nj. 259; nú er því ferr fram um hríð, it went on so for a while, Fms. xi. 108; a law term, to be produced, gögn fara fram til varnar, Grág. i. 65; dómar fara út, the court is set (vide dómr), Grág., Nj., passim.

8. borð fara upp brott, the tables are removed (vide borð), Eg. 247, 551; eigi má þetta svá f., this cannot go on in that way, Nj. 87; fjarri ferr þat, far from it, by no means, 134; fór þat fjarri at ek vilda, Ld. 12; fór þat ok svá til, and so if came to pass, Fms. x. 212.

9. to turn out, end; hversu ætlar þú fara hesta-atið, Nj. 90; fór þat sem likligt var, it turned out as was likely (i. e. ended ill). Eg. 46; svá fór, at …, the end was, that …, Grett. 81 new Ed.; ef svá ferr sem ek get til, if it turns out as I guess, Dropl. 30, Vígl. 21; ef svá ferr sem mín orð horfa til, Fms. v. 24; ef svá ferr sem mik varir, if it comes to pass as it seems to me, vi. 350; svá fór um sjóferð þá, Bjarni 202; á sömu leið fór um aðra sendi-menn, Eg. 537; to depart, die, þar fór nýtr maðr, Fs. 39; fara danða-yrði, to pass the death-weird, to die, Ýt. 8.

10. to fare well, ill, in addressing; fari þér vel, fare ye well, Nj. 7; biðja e-n vel fara, to bid one farewell, Eg. 22, Ld. 62; far heill ok sæll, Fms. vii. 197: in a bad sense, far þú nú þar, ill betide thee! Hbl. 60; far (impers.) manna armastr, Eg. 553; Jökull bað hann fara bræla armastan, Finnb. 306; fari þér í svá gramendr allir, Dropl. 23.

11. fara í fat, í brynju (acc.), etc., to dress, undress; but fara ór fötum (dat.), to undress, Fms. x. 16, xi. 132, vii. 202, Nj. 143, Gh. 16, etc.

III. metaph.,

1. to suit, fit, esp. of clothes, hair, or the like; ekki þykkir mér kyrtill þinn fara betr en stakkr minn, Fas. ii. 343; hárið fór vel, Nj. 30; jarpr á hár ok fór vel hárit, Fms. ii. 7; gult hár sem silki ok fór fagrliga, vi. 438, Fs. 88; klæði sem bezt farandi, Eb. 256; var sú konan bezt f., the most graceful, lady-like, Ísl. ii. 438; fór ílla á hestinum, it sat ill on the horse, Bs. i. 712.

2. impers. it goes so and so with one, i. e. one behaves so and so: e-m ferr vel, ílla, etc., one behaves well, ill, etc.; honum hafa öll málin verst farit, he has behaved worst in the whole matter, Nj. 210; bezta ferr þér, Fms. vii. 33; vel mun þér fara, Nj. 55; at honum fari vel, 64; þer hefir vel farit til mín, Finnb. 238; e-m ferr vinveittliga, one behaves in a friendly way, Nj. 217; ferr þér þá bezt jafnan ok höfðinglegast er mest liggr við, 228; mun honum nokkurn veg vel f., Hrafn. 10; údrengiliga hefir þér farit til vár, Ld. 48; ferr þér illa, Nj. 57; hversu Gunnari fór, how ( well) G. behaved, 119.

3. fara at e-u, to deal with a thing (i. e. proceed) so and so; svá skal at sókn fara, thus is the pleading to be proceeded with, Grág. i. 323; svá skal at því f. at beiða …, 7; fara at lögum, or úlögum at e-u, to proceed lawfully or unlawfully, 126; hversu at skyldi f., how they were to proceed, Nj. 114; fara mjúklega at, to proceed gently, Fms. vii. 18; hér skulu vér f. at með ráðum, to act with deliberation, Eg. 582; Flosi fór at öngu óðara ( took matters calmly), en hann væri heima, Nj. 220.

β. impers. with dat., to do, behave; ílla hefir mér at farit, I have done my business badly, Hrafn. 8; veit Guð hversu hverjum manni mun at f., Fms. x. 212: in mod. phrases, to become, ironically, þér ferr það, or þér ferst það, it becomes thee, i. e. ‘tis too bad of thee.

γ. hví ferr konungrinn nú svá (viz. at), Fms. i. 35; er slíkt úsæmiliga farit, so shamefully done, Nj. 82; hér ferr vænt at, here things go merrily, 232; karlmannliga er farit, manfully done, 144.

δ. to mind, care about; ekki ferr ek at, þótt þú hafir svelt þik til fjár, it does not matter to me, I do not care, though …, Nj. 18; ekki munu vit at því fara ( never mind that), segir Helgi, 133.

ε. fara eptir, to be in proportion; hér eptir fór vöxtr ok afl, his strength and stature were in proportion, Clar.

4. fara með e-t, to wield, handle, manage; fór Hroptr með Gungni, H. wielded Gungni ( the spear), Kormak; f. með Gríðar-völ, to wield the staff G., Þd. 9: as a law term, to wield, possess; fara með goðorð, to keep a goðorð, esp. during the session of parliament, Dropl. 8, Grág. and Nj. passim; fara með sök, to manage a lawsuit, Grág., Nj.; or, fara við sök, id., Nj. 86.

β. metaph. to practise, deal in; fara með rán, to deal in robbing, Nj. 73; fara með spott ok háð, to go sporting and mocking, 66; f. með fals ok dár, Pass. 16. 5; fara með galdra ok fjölkyngi, K. Þ. K. 76; f. með hindr-vitni, Grett. 111; cp. the phrase, farðu ekki með það, don’t talk such nonsense.

γ. to deal with, treat, handle; þú munt bezt ok hógligast með hann fara, thou wilt deal with him most kindly and most gently, Nj. 219; fara af hljóði með e-t, to keep matters secret, id.; Ingimundr fór vel með sögum (better than sögur, acc.), Ing. dealt well with stories, was a good historian. Sturl. i. 9.

δ. with dat.; fara með e-u, to do so and so with a thing, manage it; hversu þeir skyldi fara með vápnum sínum, how they were to do with their weapons, Fms. ix. 509; sá maðr er með arfinum ferr, who manages the arfr, Grág. i. 217; ef þeir fara annan veg með því fé, 216; fara með málum sínum, to manage one’s case, 46; meðan hann ferr svá með sem mælt er, 93; Gunnarr fór með öllu ( acted in all) sem honum var ráð til kennt, Nj. 100; ef svá er með farit, Ld. 152; f. vel með sínum háttum, to bear oneself well, behave well, Eg. 65; Hrafn fór með sér vel, H. bore himself well, Fms. vi. 109; undarliga fara munkar þessir með sér, they behave strangely, 188; við förum kynlega með okkrum málum, Nj. 130; vant þyki mér með slíku at fara, difficult matters to have to do with, 75; f. málum á hendr e-m, to bring an action against one, Ld. 138; fara sókn ( to proceed) sem at þingadómi, Grág. i. 463; fara svá öllu máli um sem …, 40, ii. 348; fara með hlátri ok gapi, to go laughing and scoffing, Nj. 220; cp. β above.

IV. fara um, yfir e-t, to pass over slightly; nú er yfir farit um landnám, shortly told, touched upon, Landn. 320; skjótt yfir at f., to be brief, 656 A. 12; fara myrkt um e-t, to mystify a thing, Ld. 322; fara mörgum orðum um e-t, to dilate upon a subject, Fbr. 124, Nj. 248, Fms. ix. 264.

β. in the phrase, fara höndum um e-t, to go with the hands about a thing, to touch it, Germ. befühlen, esp. medic. of a healing touch; jafnan fengu menn heilsubót af handlögum hans, af því er hann fór höndum um þá er sjúkir vóru, Játv. 24; ok pá fór hann höndum um hann, Bs. i. 644; þá lét Arnoddr fara aðra höndina um hann, ok fann at hann var berfættr ok í línklæðum. Dropl. 30; cp. fóru hendr hvítar hennar um þessar görvar, Fas. i. 248 (in a verse): note the curious mod. phrase, það fer að fara um mig, I began to feel uneasy, as from a cold touch or the like.

γ. impers. with dat.; eigi ferr þér nær Gunnari, en Merði mundi við þik, thou camest not nearer to G. than Mord would to thee, i. e. thou art just as far from being a match for G. as Mord is to thee, Nj. 37; þá ferr honum sem öðrum, it came to pass with him as with others, 172; þá mun mér first um fara, I shall fall much short of that, Fms. vi. 362; því betr er þeim ferr öllum verr at, the worse they fare the better I am pleased, Nj. 217.

V. reflex., esp. of a journey, to fare well; fórsk þeim vel, they fared well, Eg. 392, Fms. xi. 22; honum fersk vel vegrinn, he proceeded well on his journey, ii. 81; hafði allt farizt vel at, all had fared well, they had had a prosperous journey, Íb. 10; fórsk þeim þá seint um daginn, they proceeded slowly, Eg. 544; mönnum fórsk eigi vel um fenit, Fms. vii. 149; hversu þeim hafði farizk, Nj. 90; at þeim færisk vel, Ísl. ii. 343, 208, v. l.: the phrase, hamri fórsk í hægri hönd, he grasped the hammer in his right hand, Bragi; farask lönd undir, to subdue lands, Hkr. i. 134, v. l. (in a verse).

2. recipr., farask hjá, to go beside one another, miss one another, pass without meeting, Nj. 9; farask á mis, id., farask í móti, to march against one another, of two hosts; þat bar svá til at hvárigir vissu til annarra ok fórusk þó í móti, Fms. viii. 63, x. 46, Fas. ii. 515.

VI. part.,

1. act., koma farandi, to come of a sudden or by chance; þá kómu hjarðsveinar þar at farandi, some shepherds just came, Eg. 380; Moses kom farandi til fólksins, Sks. 574; koma inn farandi, 369, Fbr. 25.

2. pass. farinn, in the phrase, á förnum vegi, on ‘wayfaring,’ i. e. in travelling, passing by; finna e-n á förnum vegi, Nj. 258, K. Þ. K. 6; kveðja fjárins á förnum vegi, Grág. i. 403; also, fara um farinn veg, to pass on one’s journey; of the sun. sól var skamt farin, the sun was little advanced, i. e. early in the morning, Fms. xi. 267, viii. 146; þá var dagr alljós ok sól farin, broad day and sun high in the sky, Eg. 219; also impers., sól (dat.) var skamt farit, Úlf. 4. 10: the phrase, aldri farinn, stricken in years, Sturl. i. 212; vel farinn í andliti, well-favoured, Ld. 274; vel at orði farinn, well spoken, eloquent, Fms. xi. 193; mod., vel orði, máli farinn, and so Ld. 122; gone, þar eru baugar farnir, Grág. ii. 172; þó fætrnir sé farnir, Fas. iii. 308.

β. impers. in the phrase, e-m er þannig farit, one is so and so; veðri var þannig farit, at …, the winter was such, that …, Fms. xi. 34; veðri var svá farit at myrkt var um at litask, i. e. the weather was gloomy, Grett. 111; hversu landinu er farit, what is the condition of the country, Sks. 181; henni er þannig farit, at hón er mikil ey, löng …, ( the island) is so shapen, that it is large and long, Hkr. ii. 188; er eigi einn veg farit úgæfu okkari, our ill-luck is not of one piece, Nj. 183: metaph. of state, disposition, character, er hánum vel farit, he is a well-favoured man, 15; undarliga er yðr farit, ye are strange men, 154; honum var svá farit, at hann var vesal-menni, Boll. 352: adding the prepp. at, til, þeim var úlíkt farit at í mörgu, they were at variance in many respects, Hkr. iii. 97; nú er annan veg til farit, now matters are altered, Nj. 226; nú er svá til farit, at ek vil …, now the case is, that I wish …, Eg. 714; hér er þannig til farit, … at leiðin, 582; þar var þannig til farit, Fms. xi. 34. ☞ Hence comes the mod. form varið (v instead of f), which also occurs in MSS. of the 15th century—veðri var svá varit, Sd. 181; ér honum vel varið, Lv. 80, Ld. 266, v. l.; svá er til varið, Sks. 223, 224,—all of them paper MSS. The phrase, e-m er nær farit, one is pressed; svá var honum nær farit af öllu samt, vökum ok föstu, he was nearly overcome from want of sleep and fasting.

B. TRANS.

I. with acc.:

1. to visit; fara land herskildi, brandi, etc., to visit a land with ‘war-shield,’ fire, etc., i. e. devastate it; gékk siðan á land upp með liði sínu, ok fór allt herskildi, Fms. i. 131; land þetta mundi herskildi farit, ok leggjask undir útlenda höfðingja, iv. 357; (hann) lét Halland farit brandi, vii. 4 (in a verse); hann fór lvist eldi, 41 (in a verse); hann hefir farit öll eylönd brandi, 46 (in a verse); fara hungri hörund, to emaciate the body, of an ascetic, Sl. 71.

2. to overtake, with acc.; hann gat ekki farit hann, he could not overtake ( catch) him, 623. 17; tunglit ferr sólina, the moon overtakes the sun, Rb. 116; áðr hana Fenrir fari, before Fenrir overtakes her, Vþm. 46, 47; knegut oss fálur fara, ye witches cannot take us, Hkv. Hjörv. 13; hann gat farit fjóra menn af liði Steinólfs, ok drap þá alla, … hann gat farit þá hjá Steinólfsdal, Gullþ. 29; hann reið eptir þeim, ok gat farit þá út hjá Svelgsá, milli ok Hóla, Eb. 180; Án hrísmagi var þeirra skjótastr ok getr farit sveininn, Ld. 242; viku þeir þá enn undan sem skjótast svá at Danir gátu eigi farit þá, Fms. (Knytl. S.) xi. 377 (MS., in the Ed. wrongly altered to náð þeim); hérinn hljóp undan, ok gátu hundarnir ekki farit hann (Ed. fráit wrongly), Fas. iii. 374; ok renna allir eptir þeim manni er víg vakti, … ok verðr hann farinn, Gþl. 146: cp. the phrase, vera farinn, to dwell, live, to be found here and there; þótt hann sé firr um farinn, Hm. 33.

II. with dat. to destroy, make to perish; f. sér, to make away with oneself; kona hans fór sér í dísar-sal, she killed herself, Fas. i. 527; hón varð stygg ok vildi fara sér, Landn. (Hb.) 55; ef þér gangit fyrir hamra ofan ok farit yðr sjálfir, Fms. viii. 53; hví ætla menn at hann mundi vilja f. sér sjálfr, iii. 59; fara lífi, fjörvi, öndu, id.; skal hann heldr eta, en fara öndu sinni, than starve oneself to death, K. Þ. K. 130; ok verðr þá þínu fjörvi um farit, Lv. 57, Ýt. 20, Fas. i. 426 (in a verse), cp. Hkv. Hjörv. 13; mínu fjörvi at fara, Fm. 5; þú hefir sigr vegit, ok Fáfni (dat.) um farit, 23; farit hafði hann allri ætt Geirmímis, Hkv. 1. 14; ok létu hans fjörvi farit, Sól. 22; hann hafði farit mörgum manni, O. H. L. 11.

β. to forfeit; fara sýknu sinni, Grág. i. 98; fara löndum ok lausafé, ii. 167.

2. reflex. to perish (but esp. freq. in the sense to be drowned, perish in the sea); farask af sulti, to die of hunger, Fms. ii. 226; fellr fjöldi manns í díkit ok farask þar, v. 281; fórusk sex hundruð Vinda skipa, xi. 369; alls fórusk níu menn, Ísl. ii. 385; mun heimr farask, Eluc. 43; þá er himin ok jörð hefir farisk, Edda 12; farask af hita, mæði, Fms. ix. 47; fórsk þar byrðingrinn, 307; hvar þess er menn farask, Grág. i. 219; heldr enn at fólk Guðs farisk af mínum völdum, Sks. 732: of cattle, ef fé hins hefir troðisk eðr farisk á þá lund sem nú var tínt, Grág. ii. 286.

β. metaph., fersk nú vinátta ykkur, your friendship is done with, Band. 12.

γ. the phrase, farask fyrir, to come to naught, Nj. 131; at síðr mun fyrir farask nokkut stórræði, Ísl. ii. 340; en fyrir fórusk málagjöldin af konungi, the payment never took place, Fms. v. 278; lét ek þetta verk fyrir farask, vii. 158; þá mun þat fyrir farask, Fs. 20; en fyrir fórsk þat þó þau misseri, Sd. 150: in mod. usage (N. T.), to perish.

δ. in act. rarely, and perhaps only a misspelling: frá því er féit fór (fórsk better), K. Þ. K. 132; fóru (better fórusk, were drowned) margir Íslenzkir menn, Bs. i. 436.

3. part. farinn, as adj. gone, undone; nú eru vér farnir, nema …, Lv. 83; hans tafl var mjök svá farit, his game was almost lost, Fas. i. 523; þá er farnir vóru forstöðumenn Tróju, when the defenders of Troy were dead and gone, Ver. 36; tungl farit, a ‘dead moon,’ i. e. new moon, Rb. 34; farinn af sulti ok mæði, Fms. viii. 53; farinn at e-u, ruined in a thing, having lost it; farnir at hamingju, luckless, iv. 73; f. at vistum, xi. 33; f. at lausa-fé;. iii. 117: in some cases uncertain whether the participle does not belong to A.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > FARA
9 Alius

1.
Ālĭus (better Ālĕus), a, um, adj., = Elius (v. Alis and Elis), Elian; subst., a native of Elis, a town in Achaia (only a few times in Plaut. Capt.):
postquam belligerant Aetoli cum Aleis,
Plaut. Capt. prol. 24; 27; 2, 2, 30.
2.
ălĭus, a, ud, adj. and subst. (old form, alis, alid, after the analogy of quis, quid:
alis rare,
Cat. 66, 28; Sall. ap. Charis, 2, p. 133; Inscr. Orell. 2488:
alid more freq.,
Lucr. 1, 263; 5, 257; 5, 1305; 5, 1456; Cat. 29, 15; cf. Prisc. 13, p. 959.— Gen. sing. masc.: alius, rare, and not used by Tac.; for which alterius is com. used (v. alter); also alii, Cato and Licin. ap. Prisc. 194 P.; Varr. R. R. 1, 2.— Fem. gen.:
aliae,
Lucr. 3, 918; Cic. Div. 2, 13, 30; Liv. 24, 27, 8; Gell. 2, 28, 1; Capito ap. Gell. 4, 10, 8.— Masc. dat.:
ali,
Lucr. 6, 1226:
alio,
Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 13. — Fem. dat.:
aliae,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 207; Gell. 9, 4, 8) [cf. allos; Osc. allo ( nom. sing. fem.); Goth. alis; Erse, aile; O. H. Germ. alles, elles ( conj.); Engl. else], another, [p. 90] other (i. e. of many, whereas alter is one of two, v. exceptt. under II. G.); freq. with the indef. pronn. aliquis, quis, aliqui, qui, quidam, and the interrog. quis, qui, etc.
I.
A.. In gen.:
eorum sectam sequuntur multi mortales... multi alii ex Troja strenui viri,
Naev. Bell. Pun. 1, 16:
alios multos,
Vulg. Matt. 15, 30; ib. Marc. 7, 4:
plures alios,
ib. ib. 12, 5:
cum aliis pluribus,
ib. Act. 15, 35:
an ita dissolvit, ut omnes alii dissolverunt?
Cic. Font. 1; Tac. H. 5, 5:
dum aliud aliquid flagiti conficiat,
Ter. Phorm. 5, 2, 5:
nec nobis praeter med alius quisquam est servos Sosia,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 244:
nec quisquam alius affuit,
id. ib. 1, 1, 269:
panem vel aliud quidquam,
Vulg. 2 Reg. 3, 35. utrum hanc actionem habebis an aliam quampiam; Cic. Caecin. 37:
quidquid aliud dare,
Vulg. Lev. 22, 25:
ALIS NE POTESTO,
Inscr. Orell. 2488:
datum Mi esse ab dis aliis,
Plaut. Am. prol. 12:
adulescentulo in alio occupato amore,
Ter. And. 5, 1, 10:
aut aliae cujus desiderium insideat rei,
Lucr. 3, 918:
ne quam aliam quaerat copiam,
Ter. Heaut. 5, 1, 54:
nisi quid pater ait aliud,
id. And. 5, 4, 47:
si verum est, Q. Fabium Labeonem seu quem alium arbitrum a senatu datum, etc.,
Cic. Off. 1, 10, 33:
quodcumque alid auget,
Lucr. 5, 257:
Est alius quidam, parasitaster paululus,
Ter. Ad. 5. 2, 4; so Vulg. Luc. 22, 59:
tuo (judicio) stabis, si aliud quoddam est tuum,
Cic. Or. 71, 237:
L. Aemilius alius vir erat,
Liv. 44, 18:
Genus ecce aliud discriminis audi,
Juv. 12, 24:
alius, ne condemnaretur, pecuniam dedit,
Cic. Verr. 5, 117; Tac. Agr. 39:
nemo alius,
Cic. Pis. 94; Vulg. Joan. 15, 24:
alius nemo,
Cic. Quinct. 76:
plus alimenti est in pane quam in ullo alio,
Cels. 2, 18:
aliud esse causae suspicamur,
Cic. Fl. 39:
Anne aliud tunc praefecti?
Juv. 4, 78:
estne viris reliqui aliud,
Sall. Fragm. 187, 19:
aliud auxilii,
Tac. A. 5, 8:
aliud subsidii,
id. ib. 12, 46:
alia honorum,
id. ib. 1, 9:
alia sumptuum,
id. ib. 15, 15:
sunt alia quae magis timeam,
Cic. Phil. 5, 29: Facete is quidem, sicut alia, many other things, id. Fin. 1, 3, 7 Madv.:
haec aliaque,
Tac. H. 3, 51 al. —
Hence, alio die, t. t. of the soothsayer, when he wished the Comitia postponed to another day, on the pretence of unfavorable omens: quid gravius quam rem susceptam dirimi, si unus augur alio die dixerit?
Cic. Leg. 2, 12, 31; id. Phil. 2, 33, 83 and 84 Wernsd. Perh. there is a reference to the same thing in Plaut. Poen. 2, 52: ita res divina mihi fuit: res serias omnes extollo ex hoc die in alium diem.—With aliquis, quisquam, or ullus implied (cf. aliqui, V. B., and aliquis, II. B.):
ut, etiam si aliud melius fuit, tamen legatorum reditum exspectetis,
Cic. Phil. 6, 6:
utar post alio, si invenero melius,
something else, id. Tusc. 1, 7, 14; so,
si in aliud tempus differetur,
Caes. B C. 1, 86:
an alium exspectamus?
Vulg. Matt. 11, 3; ib. Marc. 4, 36:
siti magis quam alia re accenditur,
Sall. J. 89, 5:
neque sex legiones alia de causa missas in Hispaniam,
Caes. B. C. 1, 85:
neque creatura alia poterit nos separare,
Vulg. Rom. 8, 39.
► Instances of the rare gen.
alius:
alius generis bestiae,
Cic. N. D. 2, 48, 123; Varr. L. L. 9, 40, 67 dub.:
alius ingenii,
Liv. 1, 56, 7 Madv. by conj.:
alius ordinis,
Amm. 30, 5, 10:
artificis aliusve,
Front. Controv. Agr. 2, 40, 27:
alius coloris,
Non. p. 450:
nomine vel ejus pro quo... aut alius qui, etc.,
Dig. 39, 2, 24, § 6; v. aliusmodi.—
B.
In comparisons, with atque, ac, or et, more rarely with nisi and quam; with the latter, in good class. authors, only when preceded by a neg. clause, or by an interrog. implying a neg.; cf. Ruhnk. ad Ter. And. 3, 3, 13; instead of quam, the comp. abl. or praeter, and similar words, sometimes appear, other than, different from, etc.
(α).
With atque, ac, or et:
illi sunt alio ingenio atque tu,
Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 35:
alium esse censes nunc me atque olim quom dabam?
Ter. And. 3, 3, 13:
potest non solum aliud mihi ac tibi, sed mihi ipsi aliud alias videri,
Cic. Or. 71, 237:
longe alia nobis ac tu scripseras nuntiantur,
id. Att. 11, 10:
res alio modo est ac putatur,
id. Inv. 2, 6, 21 B. and K.:
qui longe alia ratione ac reliqui Galli bellum gerere coeperunt,
Caes. B. G. 3, 28:
non alius essem atque nunc sum,
Cic. Fam. 1, 9:
longe aliam esse navigationem in concluso mari atque in vastissimo atque apertissimo Oceano perspiciebant,
Caes. B. G. 3, 9: aliud (se) esse facturum ac pronunciasset, Nep. Ages. 3, 4:
alia atque antea sentiret,
id. Hann. 2, 2:
lux longe alia est solis et lychnorum,
is very different, Cic. Cael. 28.—
(β).
With nisi or quam (the latter is suspicious in Cic.; cf. Ochsn. Eclog. 252; Orell. ad Cic. Tusc. 1, 31, 75):
amare autem nihil aliud est, nisi eum ipsum diligere, quem ames,
nothing else than, only, Cic. Lael. 27, 100:
neque ulla fuit causa intermissionis epistularum nisi quod, etc.,
id. Fam. 7, 13:
erat historia nihil aliud nisi annalium confectio,
id. de Or. 2, 12:
Quid est aliud tumultus nisi perturbatio tanta, ut, etc.?
id. Phil. 8, 3:
nihil aliud agerem, nisi eum, qui accusatus esset, defenderem,
id. Sull. 12; id. Att. 5, 10:
quid est aliud Gigantum modo bellare cum dis nisi naturae repugnare?
id. Sen. 2, 5; id. Sex. Rosc. 19, 54; id. Rosc. Am. 5, 13; id. Leg. 1, 8, 25:
pinaster nihil aliud est quam pinus silvestris,
Plin. 16, 10; Nep. Arist. 2, 2; id. Paus. 1, 4:
Lysander nihil aliud molitus est quam ut omnes civitates in sua teneret potestate,
id. Lys. 1, 4:
neque aliud huic defuit quam generosa stirps,
id. Eum. 1, 2:
Nullo quippe alio vincis discrimine quam quod Illi marmoreum caput est, etc.,
Juv. 8, 54.—Hence, nihil aliud nisi or quam, = ouden allo ê, followed by finite verb, nothing else than, nothing but, only (after these words, fecit, factum est may be supplied, or the phraseology changed to nulla alia re facta; cf. Matth. Gr. 903; Hoogev. ad Vig. p. 475;
Kuhn. Gr. Gr. II. p. 825): tribunatus P. Sestii nihil aliud nisi meum nomen causamque sustinuit,
Cic. Sest. 6, 13:
ut nihil aliud nisi de hoste ac de laude cogitet,
id. Imp. Pomp. 22, 64; Liv. 2, 8:
et hostes quidem nihil aliud (i. e. nulla alia re facta) quam perfusis vano timore Romanis citato agmine abeunt,
id. 2, 63; 31, 24:
sed ab lictore nihil aliud quam prehendere prohibito, cum conversus in Patres impetus esset,
id. 2, 29:
ut domo abditus nihil aliud quam per edicta obnuntiaret,
Suet. Caes. 20:
mox nihil aliud quam vectabatur et deambulabat,
id. Aug. 83.—So, quid aliud quam? what other thing than? what else than? quibus quid aliud quam admonemus cives nos eorum esse, Liv. 4, 3:
quid aliud quam ad bellum vocabantur?
Flor. 3, 23 med.; so,
Quid Tullius? Anne aliud quam sidus?
Juv. 7, 199.—In affirmative-clauses rare, and only post-Aug.:
te alia omnia, quam quae velis, agere, moleste ferrem,
Plin. Ep. 7, 15, 2:
quod alium quam se cooptassent,
Suet. Ner. 2 al. —So, with the simple interrogative, quis alius? quid aliud? Qui, malum, alii? Ter. Eun. 4, 7, 10:
Quid te aliud sollicitat?
id. ib. 1, 2, 82:
Quid aliud tibi vis?
id. Heaut. 2, 3, 90:
Numquid vis aliud?
id. Eun. 1, 2, 111:
Sed quis nunc alius audet praeferre? etc.,
Juv. 12, 48:
Quid enim est aliud Antonius?
Cic. Phil. 2, 70:
Quid est aliud furere?
id. Pis. 47:
Quid est alia sinistra liberalitas?
Cat. 29, 15 al. —
(γ).
With comp. abl. (cf. in Gr. alla tôn dikaiôn, Xen. Mem. 4, 4, 25):
qui quaerit alia his, malum videtur quaerere,
other than, Plaut. Poen. prol. 22:
quod est aliud melle,
Varr. R. R. 3, 16: nec quidquam aliud libertate communi quaesisse, nothing else but, Brut. et Cass. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 2:
neve putes alium sapiente bonoque beatum,
Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 20:
alius Lysippo,
id. ib. 2, 1, 240:
accusator alius Sejano,
Phaedr. 3, prol. 41.—
(δ).
With praeter:
nec nobis praeter me alius quisquam est servos Sosia,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 249:
nec quidquam aliud est philosophia praeter studium sapientiae,
Cic. Off. 2, 2, 5:
non est alius praeter eum,
Vulg. Marc. 12, 32:
rogavit numquid aliud ferret praeter arcam?
Cic. de Or. 2, 69:
Num quid igitur aliud in illis judiciis versatum est praeter hasce insidias?
id. Clu. 62:
nec jam tela alia habebant praeter gladios,
Liv. 38, 21, 5.—
(ε).
With extra (eccl. Lat.):
neque est alius extra te,
Vulg. 1 Reg. 2. 2; ib. Soph. 2, 15.—
(ζ).
With absque (eccl. Lat.):
non est alius Deus absque te,
Vulg. 1 Par. 17, 20.—
(η).
With praeterquam:
cum aliud, praeterquam de quo retulissent, decemviri dicere prohiberent,
Liv. 3, 40.
II.
Esp.
A.
In distributive-clauses repeated even several times, and also interchanged with non nulli, quidam, ceteri, pars, partim, etc., the one... the other; plur., some... others:
quid potes dicere cur alia defendas, alia non cures?
Cic. Phil. 2, 111:
latera tegentes alios, alios praegredientes amicos,
id. ib. 13, 4: cum alii fossas complerent, alii defensores vallo depellerent, Caes. B. G. 3, 25; id. B. C. 1, 55:
alii experimentorum notitiam necessariam esse contendunt, alii non satis potentem usum esse proponunt, Cels. prooem.: quae minus tuta erant, alia fossis, alia vallis, alia turribus muniebat,
Liv. 32, 5; so Vulg. Matt. 13, 5 sqq.; ib. 1 Cor. 12, 10; Cels. 3, 3, enumerating the different kinds of fever, repeats aliae seventeen times:
cum aliis Q. Frater legatus, aliis C. Pomptinus legatus, reliquis M. Anneius legatus etc.,
Cic. Fam. 15, 4, 8:
proferebant alii purpuram, tus alii, gemmas alii, vina non nulli Graeca,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 56, § 146: alias bestias nantes, alias volucres, serpentes quasdam, quasdam esse gradientes; earum ipsarum partim solivagas, partim congregatas;
immanes alias, quasdam autem cicures, non nullas abditas,
id. Tusc. 5, 13, 38:
principes partim interfecerant, alios in exsilium ejecerant,
Nep. Pelop. 1, 4:
nos alii ibimus Afros, pars Scythiam veniemus,
Verg. E. 1, 65:
alii superstantes proeliarentur, pars occulti muros subruerent,
Tac. H. 4, 23.—Sometimes alius is omitted in one clause:
Helvetii ea spe dejecti navibus junctis, alii vadis Rhodani, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 1, 8:
Veientes ignari in partem praedae suae vocatos deos, alios votis ex urbe sua evocatos, etc.,
Liv. 5, 21; Plin. 2, 43, 44, § 114:
castra metari placuit, ut opus et alii proelium inciperent,
Tac. A. 1, 63.—Also with aliquis:
alia sunt tamquam sibi nata, ut oculi, ut aures: aliqua etiam ceterorum membrorum usum adjuvant,
Cic. Fin. 3, 19, 63: [putat aliquis esse voluptatem bonum;
alius autem pecuniam],
id. Tusc. 5, 28, 60 B. and K.; cf. Goer. ad Cic. Ac. 2, 10, 20.—Sometimes aliud... aliud designate merely a distinction between two objects contrasted, one thing... another:
Numquam aliud natura, aliud sapientia dicit,
Juv. 14, 321:
Fuit tempus, quo alia adversa, alia secunda principi,
Plin. Pan. 72:
aliud est male dicere, aliud accusare,
Cic. Cael. 3; id. Lig. 16; Quint. 10, 1, 53:
aliud est servum esse, aliud servire,
id. 5, 10, 60 al.:
jam sciunt longe aliud esse virgines rapere, aliud pugnare cum viris,
Liv. 1, 12; cf. infra, e.—
B.
Alius repeated in another case, or with its derivatives, aliter, alias, alio, alibi, aliunde, etc. (but never with its derivatives in Tac.), in imitation of the Greek (cf. L. and S. s. v. allos, and Ochsn. Eclog. 110): simul alis alid aliunde rumitant inter se, Naev. ap. Fest. pp. 135 and 225; cf.
Bothe, Fragm. Comic. p. 25: alius alium percontamur, cuja est navis?
one another, Plaut. Stich. 2, 2, 46:
fallacia alia aliam trudit,
Ter. And. 4, 4, 40:
fecerunt alii quidem alia quam multa,
Cic. Phil. 3, 20, 6:
signa et ornamenta alia alio in loco intuebantur,
some in one place and some in another, id. Verr. 2. 1, 22:
alius in alia est re magis utilis,
id. Sex. Rosc. 111:
alius ex alia parte,
id. Verr. 1, 66:
dies alios alio dedit ordine Luna felicis operum,
Verg. G. 1, 276:
ut ipsi inter se alii aliis prodesse possent,
Cic. Off. 1, 7, 22; id. Leg. 1, 12, 33:
ideo multa conjecta sunt, aliud alio tempore,
id. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 7:
habes Sardos venales, alium alio nequiorem,
one worse than another, id. Fam. 7, 24: quo facto cum alius alii subsidium ferrent, one to another, Fr., l'un a
l'autre,
Caes. B. G. 2, 26 Herz.:
legiones aliae alia in parte resistunt,
id. ib. 2, 22:
alius alia causa illata,
id. ib. 1, 39:
cum ceteros alii alium alia de causa improbarent,
Suet. Vesp. 6:
alius alii subsidium ferunt,
Caes. B. G. 2, 26:
alius alio more viventes,
each in a different way, Sall. C. 6, 2:
alius alii tanti facinoris conscii,
id. ib. 22, 2; so id. ib. 52, 28; id. J. 53, 8; Curt. 10, 5, 16; Just. 15, 2:
alii autem aliud clamabant,
Vulg. Act. 19, 32:
illi alias aliud iisdem de rebus sentiunt,
now this, now that, Cic. de Or. 2, 7 fin.:
aliter ab aliis digeruntur,
id. ib. 2, 19; Vulg. 3 Reg. 22, 20:
equites alii alia dilapsi sunt,
some in this way, some in that, Liv. 44, 43:
cum alii alio mitterentur,
id. 7, 39: Alis alibi stantes, omnes tamen adversis volneribus conciderunt, Sall. ap. Charis. 2, p. 133:
jussit alios alibi fodere,
Liv. 44, 33; Vulg. Sap. 18, 18.—
C.
Alius ex alio, super alium, post alium, one after another; so often of the connection between ideas:
ut aliud ex alio incidit, occurrit, etc.,
Ter. Heaut. 3, 3, 37:
aliud ex alio succurrit mihi,
Cic. Fragm. C. 12:
alid ex alio reficit natura,
Lucr. 1, 263; 5, 1305; 5, 1456: sed, [p. 91] ut aliud ex alio, mihi non est dubium, quin, etc., Cic. Att. 16, 14, Plin. Pan. 18, 1:
ex alio in aliud vicissitudo atque mutatio,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 24, 69:
alias ex aliis nectendo moras,
Liv. 7, 39:
aliam ex alia prolem,
Verg. G. 3, 65; id. Cir. 364:
nos alia ex aliis in fata vocamur,
id. A. 3, 494:
quae impie per biennium alia super alia es ausus,
Liv. 3, 56; 23, 36:
aliud super aliud scelus,
id. 30, 26; Plin. Ep. 7, 8; Suet. Ner. 49:
deinde ab eo magistratu alium post alium sibi peperit,
Sall. J. 63, 5.—
D.
Alius atque alius or alius aliusque, the one and the other; now this, now that; different:
eadem res saepe aut probatur aut reicitur, alio atque alio elata verbo,
Cic. Or. 22, 72:
alio atque alio loco requiescere,
in different places, Sall. J. 72, 2:
inchoata res aliis atque aliis de causis dilata erat,
Liv. 8, 23:
aliud ejus subinde atque aliud facientes initium,
Sen. Ep. 32, 2:
cum alia atque alia appetendo loca munirent,
Liv. 1, 8:
milites trans flumen aliis atque aliis locis traiciebant,
id. 2, 2:
luna alio atque alio loco exoritur,
Plin. 2, 10:
febres aliae aliaeque subinde oriuntur,
Cels. 3, 3:
cancer aliis aliisque signis discernitur,
id. 5, 26:
aliis atque aliis causis,
Suet. Aug. 97.—In Sall. also alius deinde alius or alius post alius:
saepe tentantes agros alia deinde alia loca petiverant, J. 18, 7: alias deinde alias morae causas facere,
id. ib. 36, 2:
aliis post aliis minitari,
id. ib. 55, 8.—
E.
Of another kind or nature, i. e. different; hence, alium facere, to make different, to change, transform; and alium fleri, to become different, to be wholly changed:
nunc haec dies aliam vitam affert, alios mores postulat,
Ter. And. 1, 2, 18 (aliam vitam pro diversam, contrariam, Don.):
alium nunc censes esse me atque olim cum dabam,
id. ib. 3, 3, 13:
Huic aliud mercedis erit,
Verg. E. 6, 26:
longe alia mihi mens est,
Sall. C. 52, 2:
Vos aliam potatis aquam,
Juv. 5, 52:
lectus non alius cuiquam,
id. 8, 178:
ensesque recondit mors alia,
Stat. Th. 7, 806:
ostensus est in alia effigie,
Vulg. Marc. 16, 12; ib. Rom. 7, 23; ib. Gal. 1, 6; ib. Jac. 2, 25:
alium fecisti me, alius ad te veneram,
Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 123: alius nunc fieri volo, id. Poen. prol. fin.:
homines alii facti sunt,
Cic. Fam. 11, 12:
mutaberis in virum alium,
Vulg. 1 Reg. 10, 6; cf. supra, II. A. fin. —Hence, in alia omnia ire, transire, or discedere, sc. vota, to differ from the thing proposed; and in gen., to reject or oppose it, to go over to the opposite side: qui hoc censetis, illuc transite;
qui alia omnia, in hanc partem: his verbis praeit ominis videlicet causa, ne dicat: qui non censetis,
Fest. p. 221; Plin. Ep. 8, 14, 19:
frequens eum senatus reliquit et in alia omnia discessit,
Cic. Fam. 10, 12:
de tribus legatis frequentes ierunt in alia omnia,
id. ib. 1, 2 Manut.: cum prima M. Marcelli sententia pronunciata esset, frequens senatus in alia omnia iit, Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 13:
discessionem faciente Marcello, senatus frequens in alia omnia transiit,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 53: aliud or alias res agere, v. ago, II. 7.—
F.
Of that which remains of a whole, = reliquus, ceteri, the rest, the remainder:
Divitiaco ex aliis Gallis maximam fidem habebat,
Caes. B. G. 1, 41:
inter primos atrox proelium fuit, alia multitudo terga vertit,
Liv. 7, 26:
vulgus aliud trucidatum,
id. 7, 19; 2, 23; so id. 24, 1:
legiones in testudinem glomerabantur et alii tela incutiebant,
Tac. H. 3, 31; id. A. 1, 30; 3, 42:
cum alios incessus hostis clausisset, unum reliquum aestas impediret,
id. ib. 6, 33 al.—
G.
Like alter, one of two, the other of two:
huic fuerunt filii nati duo, alium servus surpuit, etc.,
Plaut. Capt. prol. 8; cf. id. ib. arg. 2 and 9: eis genus, aetas, eloquentia prope aequalia fuere;
magnitudo animi par, item gloria, sed alia alii,
Sall. C. 54, 1 Kritz:
duo Romani super alium alius corruerunt,
one upon the other, Liv. 1, 25, 5:
ita duo deinceps reges, alius alia via, civitatem auxerunt,
each in a different way, id. 1, 21, 6; 24, 27:
marique alio Nicopolim ingressus,
Tac. A. 5, 10 ( Ionio, Halm); so,
alias partes fovere,
the other side, id. H. 1, 8.—Also in the enumeration of the parts of any thing:
Gallia est omnis divisa in partes tres, quarum unam incolunt Belgae, aliam Aquitani, tertiam Celtae,
Caes. B. G. 1, 1 Herz.:
classium item duo genera sunt: unum liburnarum, aliud lusoriarum,
Veg. 2, 1 (cf. in Gr. meinantes de tautên tên hêmeran, têi allêi eporeuonto, Xen. Anab. 3, 4, 1; and so the Vulg.: Alia die profecti, the next day, Act. 21, 8).—Hence, alius with a proper name used as an appell. (cf. alter):
ne quis alius Ariovistus regno Galliarum potiretur,
a second Ariovistus, Tac. H. 4, 73 fin.:
alius Nero,
Suet. Tit. 7.—
H.
A peculiar enhancement of the idea is produced by alius with a neg. and the comp.:
mulier, qua mulier alia nulla est pulchrior,
than whom no other woman is more beautiful, to whom no other woman is equal in beauty, Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 100:
facinus, quo non fortius ausit alis,
Cat. 66, 28:
Fama malum qua non aliud velocius ullum,
Verg. A. 4, 174:
quo neque melius neque amplius aliud in natura mortalium est,
Sall. J. 2, 4:
quo non aliud atrocius visum,
Tac. A. 6, 24:
(Sulla) neque consilio neque manu priorem alium pati,
Sall. J. 96, 3:
neque majus aliud neque praestabilius invenias,
id. ib. 1, 2; Liv. 1, 24:
non alia ante Romana pugna atrocior fuit,
id. 1, 27; 2, 31; Tac. A. 6, 7 al.; cf. under aliter, 2. b. z.—Hence the advv.
A.
ălĭō, adv. (an old dat. form, designating direction to a place; cf.: eo, quo), elsewhither (arch.), elsewhere, to another place, person, or thing, allose (class., esp. among poets; but not found in Lucr. or Juv.).
1.
In gen.
a.
Of place:
fortasse tu profectus alio fueras,
Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 49:
ut ab Norba alio traducerentur,
Liv. 32, 2:
translatos alio maerebis amores,
Hor. Epod. 15, 23:
decurrens alio,
id. S. 2, 1, 32:
nam frustra vitium vitaveris illud, Si te alio pravum detorseris,
id. ib. 2, 2, 55.—With quo:
Arpinumne mihi eundum sit, an quo alio,
to some other place, Cic. Att. 9, 17:
si quando Romam aliove quo mitterent legatos,
Liv. 38, 30. —
b.
Of persons or things (cf. alias, alibi, alicunde, etc.):
illi suum animum alio conferunt,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 4, 10 (cf. Plaut. Merc. 2, 2, 62:
ne ad illam me animum adjecisse sentiat): ne quando iratus tu alio conferas,
id. Eun. 3, 1, 60 Don.:
hi narrata ferunt alio,
Ov. M. 12, 57: tamen vocat me alio ( to another subject) jam dudum tacita vestra exspectatio, Cic. Clu. 23, 63; id. Verr. 2, 1, 53, § 139:
sed, si placet, sermonem alio transferamus,
id. de Or. 1, 29, 133:
quoniam alio properare tempus monet,
Sall. J. 19, 2; so Tac. A. 1, 18 al.—
c.
Of purpose or design:
appellet haec desideria naturae: cupiditatis nomen servet alio,
for another purpose, Cic. Fin. 2, 9, 27:
hoc longe alio spectabat,
looked quite elsewhere, had a far different design, Nep. Them. 6, 3.—
2.
a.. Alio... alio, in one way... in another; hither... thither, = huc... illuc:
hic (i. e. in ea re) alio res familiaris, alio ducit humanitas,
Cic. Off. 3, 23, 89: alio atque alio, in one way and another:
nihil alio atque alio spargitur,
Sen. Brev. Vit. 11, 2.—
b.
Alius alio, each in a different way, one in one way, another in another:
et ceteri quidem alius alio,
Cic. Off. 3, 20, 80:
aliud alio dissipavit,
id. Div. 1, 34, 76; so Liv. 2, 54, 9; 7, 39.—So, aliunde alio, from one place to another:
quassatione terrae aliunde alio (aquae) transferuntur,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 11, 1; cf. aliunde.—
c.
Like alius or aliter with a negative and the particles of comparison quam or atque;
in questions with nisi: plebem nusquam alio natam quam ad serviendum,
for nothing but, Liv. 7, 18, 7: non alio datam summam quam in emptionem, etc., * Suet. Aug. 98 Ruhnk.:
quo alio nisi ad nos confugerent?
Liv. 39, 36, 11; cf. Hand, Turs. I. pp. 232-234.—
B.
ălĭā, adv. (sc. via), in another way, in a different manner (in the whole ante-class. and class. per. dub.); for in Plaut. Rud. prol. 10, aliuta has been proposed; in Lucr. 6, 986, Lachm. reads alio; in Liv. 21, 56, 2, Weissenb. alibi; and in id. 44, 43, 2, via may be supplied from the preced. context; certain only in Don. ad Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 5; cf. Hand, Turs. I. p. 219.—
C.
ălĭās, adv. (acc. to Prisc. 1014 P., and Corss. Ausspr. I. p. 769, an acc. form like foras; but acc. to Herz. ad Caes. B. G. 5, 57, and Hab. Syn. 79, old gen. like paterfamili as, Alcmen as, etc. In the ante-class. per. rare; only once in Plaut., twice in Ter., twice in Varro; in the class. per. most freq. in Cic., but only three times in his orations; also in Plin.).
1.
Of time, at a time other than the present, whether it be in the past or (more freq.) in the future.
a.
At another time, at other times, on another occasion (alias: temporis adverbium, quod Graeci allote, aliter allôs, Capitol. Orth. 2242 P.; cf.
Herz. and Hab., as cited above): alias ut uti possim causa hac integra,
Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 4; so id. And. 3, 2, 49 (alias = alio tempore, Don.):
sed alias jocabimur,
Cic. Fam. 7, 13, 2:
sed plura scribemus alias,
id. ib. 7, 6:
et alias et in consulatus petitione vinci,
id. Planc. 18:
nil oriturum alias,
Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 17.—In the future, freq. in contrast with nunc, in praesentia, tum, hactenus:
recte secusne, alias viderimus,
Cic. Ac. 2, 44, 135:
Hactenus haec: alias justum sit necne poema, Nunc, etc.,
Hor. S. 1, 4, 63: sed haec alias pluribus;
nunc, etc.,
Cic. Div. 2, 2 fin.; Liv. 44, 36 fin.: quare placeat, alias ostendemus; in praesentia, etc., Auct. ad Her. 3, 16, 28.—In the past:
gubernatores alias imperare soliti, tum metu mortis jussa exsequebantur,
Curt. 4, 3, 18:
alias bellare inter se solitos, tunc periculi societas junxerat,
id. 9, 4, 15.—Freq. with advv. of time;
as numquam, umquam, and the like: si umquam in dicendo fuimus aliquid, aut etiam si numquam alias fuimus, tum profecto, etc.,
Cic. Att. 4, 2, 2:
consilio numquam alias dato,
Hor. C. 3, 5, 45:
numquam ante alias,
Liv. 2, 22, 7:
non umquam alias ante tantus terror senatum invasit,
id. 2, 9, 5; 1, 28, 4:
si quando umquam ante alias,
id. 32, 5 (where the four advv. of time are to be taken together):
Saturnalibus et si quando alias libuisset, modo munera dividebat,
Suet. Aug. 75.—
b.
Alias... alias, as in Gr. allote... allote; allote men... allote de, at one time... at another; once... another time; sometimes... sometimes; now... now:
Alias me poscit pro illa triginta minas, Alias talentum magnum,
Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 63; so Varr. L. L. 8, § 76 Mull.; id. R. R. 2, 1, 15; Cic. Verr. 1, 46, 120:
nec potest quisquam alias beatus esse, alias miser,
id. Fin. 2, 27, 87:
contentius alias, alias summissius,
id. de Or. 3, 55, 212:
cum alias bellum inferrent, alias inlatum defenderent,
Caes. B. G. 2, 29; so id. ib. 5, 57 al.; it occurs four times in successive clauses in Cic. Inv. 1, 52, 99.—Sometimes plerumque, saepe, aliquando, interdum stand in corresponding clauses:
nec umquam sine usura reddit (terra), quod accepit, sed alias minore, plerumque majore cum foenore,
Cic. Sen. 15, 51:
geminatio verborum habet interdum vim, leporem alias,
id. de Or. 3, 54, 206:
hoc alias fastidio, alias contumacia, saepius imbecillitate, evenit,
Plin. 16, 32, 58, § 134; 7, 15, 13, § 63.—Sometimes one alias is omitted:
illi eruptione tentata alias cuniculis ad aggerem actis, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 3, 21; Plin. 26, 3, 7, § 13.—
c.
Alias aliter, alias alius, etc. (cf. alius), at one time in one way... at another in another; now so... now otherwise; now this... now that:
et alias aliter haec in utramque partem causae solent convenire,
Cic. Inv. 2, 13, 45:
alii enim sunt, alias nostrique familiares fere demortui,
id. Att. 16, 11 (Madv. interprets this of time):
illi alias aliud iisdem de rebus judicant,
id. de Or. 2, 7, 30; id. Or. 59, 200:
(deos) non semper eosdem atque alias alios solemus venerari,
id. Red. in Sen. 30:
ut iidem versus alias in aliam rem posse accommodari viderentur,
id. Div. 2, 54, 111.—
d.
Saepe alias or alias saepe... nunc, nuper, quondam, etc.;
also: cum saepe alias... tum, etc. (very common in Cic.): quod cum saepe alias tum nuper, etc.,
Cic. Tusc. 4, 4, 7:
fecimus et alias saepe et nuper in Tusculano,
id. ib. 5, 4, 11:
quibus de rebus et alias saepe... et quondam in Hortensii villa,
id. Ac. 2, 3, 9:
quorum pater et saepe alias et maxime censor saluti rei publicae fuit,
id. de Or. 1, 9, 38:
cum saepe alias, tum apud centumviros,
id. Brut. 39, 144:
cum saepe alias, tum Pyrrhi bello,
id. Off. 3, 22, 86; 3, 11, 47:
neque tum solum, sed saepe alias,
Nep. Hann. 11, 7.—In comparative sentences rare:
nunc tamen libentius quam saepe alias,
Symm. Ep. 1, 90.—So,
e.
Semper alias, always at other times or in other cases (apparently only post-Aug.): et super cenam autem et semper alias communissimus, multa joco transigebat. Suet. Vesp. 22; id. Tib. 18; Gell. 15, 1.—
f.
Raro alias, rarely at other times, on other occasions:
ut raro alias quisquam tanto favore est auditus,
Liv. 45, 20; 3, 69; Tac. H. 1, 89.—
g.
Non alias, at no other time, never, = numquam (a choice poet. expression, often imitated by [p. 92] the histt.):
non alias caelo ceciderunt plura sereno Fulgura,
never at any other time did so much lightning fall from a clear sky, Verg. G. 1, 487:
non alias militi familiarior dux fuit,
Liv. 7, 33; 45, 7:
non alias majore mole concursum,
Tac. A. 2, 46; 4. 69;
11, 31: non sane alias exercitatior Britannia fuit,
id. Agr. 5:
haud alias intentior populus plus vocis permisit,
id. A. 3, 11, and 15, 46; Suet. Tit. 8; Flor. 3, 6.—
2.
Of place, at another place, elsewhere; or in respect of other things, in other circumstances, otherwise (only post-Aug.; v. Madv. ad Cic. Fin. 1, 3, 7):
Idaeus rubus appellatus est, quoniam in Ida, non alias, nascitur,
Plin. 24, 14, 75, § 123 (Jan, alius): nusquam alias tam torrens fretum, * Just. 4, 1, 9:
sicut vir alias doctissimus Cornutus existimat,
Macr. S. 5, 19.—
3.
Alias for alioqui (only post-Aug.), to indicate that something is in a different condition in one instance, not in others, except that, for the rest, otherwise:
in Silaro non virgulta modo immersa, verum et folia lapidescunt, alias salubri potu ejus aquae,
Plin. 2, 103, 106, § 224; so id. 18, 6, 7, § 37; 19, 8, 48, § 163; 25, 2, 6, § 16 al.—
4.
Non alias quam, for no other reason, on no other condition, in no other circumstances than, not other than; and non alias nisi, on no other condition, not otherwise, except (prob. taken from the lang. of common life):
non alias magis indoluisse Caesarem ferunt quam quod, etc.,
Tac. A. 3, 73:
debilitatum vulnere jacuisse non alias quam simulatione mortis tutiorem,
by nothing safer than by feigning death, Curt. 8, 1, 24; 8, 14, 16; Dig. 29, 7, 6, § 2: non alias ( on no other condition) existet heres ex substitutione nisi, etc., ib. 28, 6, 8; 23, 3, 37, 23, 3, 29.—
5.
Alias like aliter, in another manner; flrst in the Lat. of the jurists (cf. Suet. Tib. 71 Oud.; Liv. 21, 56, 2 Drak.; Ter. And. 3, 2, 49 Ruhnk.), Dig. 33, 8, 8, § 8; cf. Hand, Turs. I. pp. 219-227. —
D.
ălĭtĕr, adv. [alis; v. alius init. ], otherwise, in another manner, allôs.
1.
With comparative-clause expressed; constr. both affirm. and neg. without distinction.
a.
With atque, ac, quam, and rarely ut, otherwise than, different from what, etc., Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 23:
sed aliter atque ostenderam facio,
Cic. Fam. 2, 3, 4; Ter. Ad. 4, 3, 6:
aliter ac nos vellemus,
Cic. Mil. 9, 23:
de quo tu aliter sentias atque ego,
id. Fin. 4, 22, 60; id. Att. 6, 3:
si aliter nos faciant quam aequum est,
Plaut. Stich. 1, 1, 42:
si aliter quippiam coacti faciant quam libere,
Cic. Rab. Post. 11, 29; id. Verr. 2, 1, 19, § 24; id. Inv. 2, 22, 66:
Sed si aliter ut dixi accidisset, qui possem queri?
id. Rep. 1, 4, 7.—
b.
Non (or haud) aliter, not otherwise (per litoten), = just as; with quam si, ac si, quam cum, quam, exactly, just as if:
Non aliter quam si ruat omnis Karthago,
Verg. A. 4, 669:
dividor haud aliter quam si mea membra relinquam,
Ov. Tr. 1, 3, 73:
nihil in senatu actum aliter quam si, etc.,
Liv. 23, 4; 21, 63, 9:
illi negabant se aliter ituros quam si, etc.,
id. 3, 51, 12:
nec aliter quam si mihi tradatur, etc., Quint. prooem. 5: ut non aliter ratio constet quam si uni reddatur,
Tac. A. 1, 6; 1, 49:
Non aliter quam si fecisset Juno maritum Insanum,
Juv. 6, 619; Suet. Aug. 40:
non aliter quam cum, etc.,
Ov. F. 2, 209; so id. M. 2, 623; 4, 348; 6, 516 al.:
nec scripsi aliter ac si, etc.,
Cic. Att. 13, 51; Suet. Oth. 6; Col. 2, 14 (15), 8:
Non aliter quam qui lembum subigit,
Verg. G. 1, 201:
non aliter praeformidat quam qui ferrum medici, priusquam curetur, aspexit,
Quint. 4, 5, 5; so id. 4, 5, 22; 2, 5, 11:
neque aliter quam ii, qui traduntur, etc.,
id. 5, 8, 1:
patere inde aliquid decrescere, non aliter quam Institor hibernae tegetis,
Juv. 7, 220:
successorem non aliter quam indicium mortis accepturum,
Tac. A. 6, 30.—
* c.
Aliter ab aliquo (analog. to alius with the abl., and alienus with ab), differently from any one:
cultores regionum multo aliter a ceteris agunt,
Mel. 1, 9, 6.—
d.
Non ali ter nisi, by no other means, on no other condition, not otherwise, except:
qui aliter obsistere fato fatetur se non potuisse, nisi etc.,
Cic. Fat. 20, 48; id. Fam. 1, 9: non pati C. Caesarem consulem aliter fieri, nisi exercitum et provincias tradiderit, Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 14; so Lentulus ap. Cic. Fam. 12, 14, 18; Liv. 35, 39; 45, 11; 38; Tac. Or. 32; Just. 12, 14, 7; Suet. Ner. 36; Dig. 37, 9, 6; 48, 18, 9. —
e.
Non aliter quam ut, on no other condition than that:
neque aliter poterit palos, ad quos perducitur, pertingere, quam ut diffluat,
Col. Arb. 7, 5; so Suet. Tib. 15; 24; id. Galb. 8; Curt. 9, 5, 23.—
2.
Without a comparative clause expressed.
a.
In gen., otherwise, in another manner, in other respects; and in the poets: haud aliter (per litoten), just so:
vale atque salve, etsi aliter ut dicam meres,
though you deserve that I speak differently, Plaut. Capt. 3, 5, 86 Brix:
tu si aliter existimes, nihil errabis,
Cic. Fam. 3, 7, 16:
ut eadem ab utrisque dicantur, aliter dicuntur,
in a different sense, Plin. Pan. 72, 7:
Si quis aliter docet,
Vulg. 1 Tim. 6, 3:
quae aliter se habent,
ib. ib. 5, 25:
Quippe aliter tunc vivebant homines,
Juv. 6, 11: quod uterque nostrum his etiam ex studiis notus, quibus aliter ignotus est, otherwise, i. e. personally, unknown, Plin. Ep. 9, 23, 3.—With negatives:
non fuit faciendum aliter,
Cic. Att. 6, 9; Tac. A. 15, 68:
Ergo non aliter poterit dormire?
Juv. 3, 281:
aliter haud facile eos ad tantum negotium impelli posse,
Sall. C. 44, 1; Curt. 8, 10, 27:
haud aliter Rutulo muros et castra tuenti Ignescunt irae (the comparison of the wolf precedes),
Verg. A. 9, 65:
haud aliter (i. e. like a wild beast) juvenis medios moriturus in hostes Irruit,
id. ib. 9, 554 al.; Ov. M. 8, 473; 9, 642:
non aliter (i. e. than I) Samio dicunt arsisse Bathyllo Anacreonta Teium,
Hor. Epod. 14, 10:
neque Mordaces aliter (i. e. than by means of wine) diffugiunt sollicitudines,
id. C. 1, 18, 4:
neque exercitum Romanum aliter transmissurum,
Tac. H. 5, 19:
nec aliter expiari potest,
Vulg. Num. 35, 33. —So, fieri aliter non potest or fieri non potest aliter (not fieri non aliter potest): nihil agis;
Fieri aliter non potest,
Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 13: assentior;
fieri non potuit aliter,
Cic. Att. 6, 6.—
b.
Esp.
(α).
Pregn., otherwise, in the contrary manner: Pe. Servos Epidicus dixit mihi. Ph. Quid si servo aliter visum est? i. e. if he does not speak the truth? Plaut. Ep. 4, 2, 29:
verum aliter evenire multo intellegit,
Ter. And. prol. 4 (aliter autem contra significat, Don.):
amplis cornibus et nigris potius quam aliter,
Varr. R. R. 1, 20, 1: ne aliter quid eveniat, providere de cet, otherwise than harmoniously, Sall. J. 10, 7:
dis aliter visum,
Verg. A. 2, 428:
sin aliter tibi videtur,
Vulg. Num. 11, 15: adversi... saevaque circuitu curvantem bracchia longo Scorpion atque aliter ( in the opposite direction) curvantem bracchia Cancrum, Ov. M. 2, 83: aliterque ( and in the opposite course) secante jam pelagus rostro, Luc. 8, 197.—Hence, qui aliter fecerit, who will not do that:
neu quis de his postea ad senatum referat, neve cum populo agat: qui aliter fecerit, etc.,
Sall. C. 51, 43; Just. 6, 6, 1; cf. Brisson. de Form. p. 200, and de Verb. Signif. p. 66.—
(β).
Aliter esse, to be of a different nature, differently constituted or disposed:
sed longe aliter est amicus atque amator,
Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 70: ego hunc esse aliter credidi: iste me fefellit;
ego isti nihilo sum aliter ac fui,
Ter. Phorm. 3, 2, 44; id. Ad. 3, 4, 46; Cic. Rosc. Am. 47, 137.—
(γ).
For alioqui (q. v. II. C.), otherwise, else, in any other case:
jus enim semper est quaesitum aequabile: neque enim aliter esset jus (and just after: nam aliter justitia non esset),
Cic. Off. 2, 12, 42; 1, 39, 139; id. Lael. 20, 74:
si suos legatos recipere vellent, quos Athenas miserant, se remitterent, aliter illos numquam in patriam essent recepturi,
Nep. Them. 7 fin.:
aliter sine populi jussu nulli earum rerum consuli jus est,
Sall. C. 29, 3 Kritz:
aliter non viribus ullis Vincere poteris,
Verg. A. 6, 147:
veniam ostentantes, si praesentia sequerentur: aliter nihil spei,
Tac. H. 4, 59:
quoniam aliter non possem,
Vulg. Sap. 8, 21.—
(δ).
Like alius (q. v. II. A.) repeated even several times in a distributive manner, in one way... in another: sed aliter leges, aliter philosophi tollunt astutias. Cic. Off. 3, 17, 68; so id. ib. 1, 12, 38; id. Lael. 24, 89; id. Fam. 15, 21, 6:
aliter utimur propriis, aliter commodatis,
Tac. Or. 32:
Aliter catuli longe olent, aliter sues,
Plaut. Ep. 4, 2, 9:
aliter Diodoro, aliter Philoni, Chrysippo aliter placet,
id. Ac. 2, 47, 143:
idem illud aliter Caesar, aliter Cicero, aliter Cato suadere debebit,
Quint. 3, 8, 49: Et aliter acutis morbis medendum, aliter vetustis; aliter increscentibus, aliter subsistentibus, aliter jam ad sanitatem inclinatis, Cels. prooem. p. 10.—
(ε).
With alius or its derivatives, one in one way, another in another (v. alius, II. B.):
quoniam aliter ab aliis digeruntur,
Cic. de Or. 2, 19, 79; id. Att. 7, 8; Liv. 2, 21; so id. 39, 53:
hoc ex locorum occasione aliter alibi decernitur,
Plin. 18, 5, 6, § 30; so id. 25, 4, 10, § 29.—
(ζ).
Non aliter, analog. to non alius (v. alius, II. H.) with a comp. (only in Plin.):
non aliter utilius id fieri putare quam, etc.,
Plin. 37, 2, 10, § 28:
idque non aliter clarius intellegi potest,
id. 37, 4, 15, § 59; so id. 22, 22, 36, § 78; 24, 11, 50, § 85; 28, 9, 41, § 148; cf. Hand, Turs. I. pp. 267-276.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > Alius
10 alius

1.
Ālĭus (better Ālĕus), a, um, adj., = Elius (v. Alis and Elis), Elian; subst., a native of Elis, a town in Achaia (only a few times in Plaut. Capt.):
postquam belligerant Aetoli cum Aleis,
Plaut. Capt. prol. 24; 27; 2, 2, 30.
2.
ălĭus, a, ud, adj. and subst. (old form, alis, alid, after the analogy of quis, quid:
alis rare,
Cat. 66, 28; Sall. ap. Charis, 2, p. 133; Inscr. Orell. 2488:
alid more freq.,
Lucr. 1, 263; 5, 257; 5, 1305; 5, 1456; Cat. 29, 15; cf. Prisc. 13, p. 959.— Gen. sing. masc.: alius, rare, and not used by Tac.; for which alterius is com. used (v. alter); also alii, Cato and Licin. ap. Prisc. 194 P.; Varr. R. R. 1, 2.— Fem. gen.:
aliae,
Lucr. 3, 918; Cic. Div. 2, 13, 30; Liv. 24, 27, 8; Gell. 2, 28, 1; Capito ap. Gell. 4, 10, 8.— Masc. dat.:
ali,
Lucr. 6, 1226:
alio,
Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 13. — Fem. dat.:
aliae,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 207; Gell. 9, 4, 8) [cf. allos; Osc. allo ( nom. sing. fem.); Goth. alis; Erse, aile; O. H. Germ. alles, elles ( conj.); Engl. else], another, [p. 90] other (i. e. of many, whereas alter is one of two, v. exceptt. under II. G.); freq. with the indef. pronn. aliquis, quis, aliqui, qui, quidam, and the interrog. quis, qui, etc.
I.
A.. In gen.:
eorum sectam sequuntur multi mortales... multi alii ex Troja strenui viri,
Naev. Bell. Pun. 1, 16:
alios multos,
Vulg. Matt. 15, 30; ib. Marc. 7, 4:
plures alios,
ib. ib. 12, 5:
cum aliis pluribus,
ib. Act. 15, 35:
an ita dissolvit, ut omnes alii dissolverunt?
Cic. Font. 1; Tac. H. 5, 5:
dum aliud aliquid flagiti conficiat,
Ter. Phorm. 5, 2, 5:
nec nobis praeter med alius quisquam est servos Sosia,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 244:
nec quisquam alius affuit,
id. ib. 1, 1, 269:
panem vel aliud quidquam,
Vulg. 2 Reg. 3, 35. utrum hanc actionem habebis an aliam quampiam; Cic. Caecin. 37:
quidquid aliud dare,
Vulg. Lev. 22, 25:
ALIS NE POTESTO,
Inscr. Orell. 2488:
datum Mi esse ab dis aliis,
Plaut. Am. prol. 12:
adulescentulo in alio occupato amore,
Ter. And. 5, 1, 10:
aut aliae cujus desiderium insideat rei,
Lucr. 3, 918:
ne quam aliam quaerat copiam,
Ter. Heaut. 5, 1, 54:
nisi quid pater ait aliud,
id. And. 5, 4, 47:
si verum est, Q. Fabium Labeonem seu quem alium arbitrum a senatu datum, etc.,
Cic. Off. 1, 10, 33:
quodcumque alid auget,
Lucr. 5, 257:
Est alius quidam, parasitaster paululus,
Ter. Ad. 5. 2, 4; so Vulg. Luc. 22, 59:
tuo (judicio) stabis, si aliud quoddam est tuum,
Cic. Or. 71, 237:
L. Aemilius alius vir erat,
Liv. 44, 18:
Genus ecce aliud discriminis audi,
Juv. 12, 24:
alius, ne condemnaretur, pecuniam dedit,
Cic. Verr. 5, 117; Tac. Agr. 39:
nemo alius,
Cic. Pis. 94; Vulg. Joan. 15, 24:
alius nemo,
Cic. Quinct. 76:
plus alimenti est in pane quam in ullo alio,
Cels. 2, 18:
aliud esse causae suspicamur,
Cic. Fl. 39:
Anne aliud tunc praefecti?
Juv. 4, 78:
estne viris reliqui aliud,
Sall. Fragm. 187, 19:
aliud auxilii,
Tac. A. 5, 8:
aliud subsidii,
id. ib. 12, 46:
alia honorum,
id. ib. 1, 9:
alia sumptuum,
id. ib. 15, 15:
sunt alia quae magis timeam,
Cic. Phil. 5, 29: Facete is quidem, sicut alia, many other things, id. Fin. 1, 3, 7 Madv.:
haec aliaque,
Tac. H. 3, 51 al. —
Hence, alio die, t. t. of the soothsayer, when he wished the Comitia postponed to another day, on the pretence of unfavorable omens: quid gravius quam rem susceptam dirimi, si unus augur alio die dixerit?
Cic. Leg. 2, 12, 31; id. Phil. 2, 33, 83 and 84 Wernsd. Perh. there is a reference to the same thing in Plaut. Poen. 2, 52: ita res divina mihi fuit: res serias omnes extollo ex hoc die in alium diem.—With aliquis, quisquam, or ullus implied (cf. aliqui, V. B., and aliquis, II. B.):
ut, etiam si aliud melius fuit, tamen legatorum reditum exspectetis,
Cic. Phil. 6, 6:
utar post alio, si invenero melius,
something else, id. Tusc. 1, 7, 14; so,
si in aliud tempus differetur,
Caes. B C. 1, 86:
an alium exspectamus?
Vulg. Matt. 11, 3; ib. Marc. 4, 36:
siti magis quam alia re accenditur,
Sall. J. 89, 5:
neque sex legiones alia de causa missas in Hispaniam,
Caes. B. C. 1, 85:
neque creatura alia poterit nos separare,
Vulg. Rom. 8, 39.
► Instances of the rare gen.
alius:
alius generis bestiae,
Cic. N. D. 2, 48, 123; Varr. L. L. 9, 40, 67 dub.:
alius ingenii,
Liv. 1, 56, 7 Madv. by conj.:
alius ordinis,
Amm. 30, 5, 10:
artificis aliusve,
Front. Controv. Agr. 2, 40, 27:
alius coloris,
Non. p. 450:
nomine vel ejus pro quo... aut alius qui, etc.,
Dig. 39, 2, 24, § 6; v. aliusmodi.—
B.
In comparisons, with atque, ac, or et, more rarely with nisi and quam; with the latter, in good class. authors, only when preceded by a neg. clause, or by an interrog. implying a neg.; cf. Ruhnk. ad Ter. And. 3, 3, 13; instead of quam, the comp. abl. or praeter, and similar words, sometimes appear, other than, different from, etc.
(α).
With atque, ac, or et:
illi sunt alio ingenio atque tu,
Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 35:
alium esse censes nunc me atque olim quom dabam?
Ter. And. 3, 3, 13:
potest non solum aliud mihi ac tibi, sed mihi ipsi aliud alias videri,
Cic. Or. 71, 237:
longe alia nobis ac tu scripseras nuntiantur,
id. Att. 11, 10:
res alio modo est ac putatur,
id. Inv. 2, 6, 21 B. and K.:
qui longe alia ratione ac reliqui Galli bellum gerere coeperunt,
Caes. B. G. 3, 28:
non alius essem atque nunc sum,
Cic. Fam. 1, 9:
longe aliam esse navigationem in concluso mari atque in vastissimo atque apertissimo Oceano perspiciebant,
Caes. B. G. 3, 9: aliud (se) esse facturum ac pronunciasset, Nep. Ages. 3, 4:
alia atque antea sentiret,
id. Hann. 2, 2:
lux longe alia est solis et lychnorum,
is very different, Cic. Cael. 28.—
(β).
With nisi or quam (the latter is suspicious in Cic.; cf. Ochsn. Eclog. 252; Orell. ad Cic. Tusc. 1, 31, 75):
amare autem nihil aliud est, nisi eum ipsum diligere, quem ames,
nothing else than, only, Cic. Lael. 27, 100:
neque ulla fuit causa intermissionis epistularum nisi quod, etc.,
id. Fam. 7, 13:
erat historia nihil aliud nisi annalium confectio,
id. de Or. 2, 12:
Quid est aliud tumultus nisi perturbatio tanta, ut, etc.?
id. Phil. 8, 3:
nihil aliud agerem, nisi eum, qui accusatus esset, defenderem,
id. Sull. 12; id. Att. 5, 10:
quid est aliud Gigantum modo bellare cum dis nisi naturae repugnare?
id. Sen. 2, 5; id. Sex. Rosc. 19, 54; id. Rosc. Am. 5, 13; id. Leg. 1, 8, 25:
pinaster nihil aliud est quam pinus silvestris,
Plin. 16, 10; Nep. Arist. 2, 2; id. Paus. 1, 4:
Lysander nihil aliud molitus est quam ut omnes civitates in sua teneret potestate,
id. Lys. 1, 4:
neque aliud huic defuit quam generosa stirps,
id. Eum. 1, 2:
Nullo quippe alio vincis discrimine quam quod Illi marmoreum caput est, etc.,
Juv. 8, 54.—Hence, nihil aliud nisi or quam, = ouden allo ê, followed by finite verb, nothing else than, nothing but, only (after these words, fecit, factum est may be supplied, or the phraseology changed to nulla alia re facta; cf. Matth. Gr. 903; Hoogev. ad Vig. p. 475;
Kuhn. Gr. Gr. II. p. 825): tribunatus P. Sestii nihil aliud nisi meum nomen causamque sustinuit,
Cic. Sest. 6, 13:
ut nihil aliud nisi de hoste ac de laude cogitet,
id. Imp. Pomp. 22, 64; Liv. 2, 8:
et hostes quidem nihil aliud (i. e. nulla alia re facta) quam perfusis vano timore Romanis citato agmine abeunt,
id. 2, 63; 31, 24:
sed ab lictore nihil aliud quam prehendere prohibito, cum conversus in Patres impetus esset,
id. 2, 29:
ut domo abditus nihil aliud quam per edicta obnuntiaret,
Suet. Caes. 20:
mox nihil aliud quam vectabatur et deambulabat,
id. Aug. 83.—So, quid aliud quam? what other thing than? what else than? quibus quid aliud quam admonemus cives nos eorum esse, Liv. 4, 3:
quid aliud quam ad bellum vocabantur?
Flor. 3, 23 med.; so,
Quid Tullius? Anne aliud quam sidus?
Juv. 7, 199.—In affirmative-clauses rare, and only post-Aug.:
te alia omnia, quam quae velis, agere, moleste ferrem,
Plin. Ep. 7, 15, 2:
quod alium quam se cooptassent,
Suet. Ner. 2 al. —So, with the simple interrogative, quis alius? quid aliud? Qui, malum, alii? Ter. Eun. 4, 7, 10:
Quid te aliud sollicitat?
id. ib. 1, 2, 82:
Quid aliud tibi vis?
id. Heaut. 2, 3, 90:
Numquid vis aliud?
id. Eun. 1, 2, 111:
Sed quis nunc alius audet praeferre? etc.,
Juv. 12, 48:
Quid enim est aliud Antonius?
Cic. Phil. 2, 70:
Quid est aliud furere?
id. Pis. 47:
Quid est alia sinistra liberalitas?
Cat. 29, 15 al. —
(γ).
With comp. abl. (cf. in Gr. alla tôn dikaiôn, Xen. Mem. 4, 4, 25):
qui quaerit alia his, malum videtur quaerere,
other than, Plaut. Poen. prol. 22:
quod est aliud melle,
Varr. R. R. 3, 16: nec quidquam aliud libertate communi quaesisse, nothing else but, Brut. et Cass. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 2:
neve putes alium sapiente bonoque beatum,
Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 20:
alius Lysippo,
id. ib. 2, 1, 240:
accusator alius Sejano,
Phaedr. 3, prol. 41.—
(δ).
With praeter:
nec nobis praeter me alius quisquam est servos Sosia,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 249:
nec quidquam aliud est philosophia praeter studium sapientiae,
Cic. Off. 2, 2, 5:
non est alius praeter eum,
Vulg. Marc. 12, 32:
rogavit numquid aliud ferret praeter arcam?
Cic. de Or. 2, 69:
Num quid igitur aliud in illis judiciis versatum est praeter hasce insidias?
id. Clu. 62:
nec jam tela alia habebant praeter gladios,
Liv. 38, 21, 5.—
(ε).
With extra (eccl. Lat.):
neque est alius extra te,
Vulg. 1 Reg. 2. 2; ib. Soph. 2, 15.—
(ζ).
With absque (eccl. Lat.):
non est alius Deus absque te,
Vulg. 1 Par. 17, 20.—
(η).
With praeterquam:
cum aliud, praeterquam de quo retulissent, decemviri dicere prohiberent,
Liv. 3, 40.
II.
Esp.
A.
In distributive-clauses repeated even several times, and also interchanged with non nulli, quidam, ceteri, pars, partim, etc., the one... the other; plur., some... others:
quid potes dicere cur alia defendas, alia non cures?
Cic. Phil. 2, 111:
latera tegentes alios, alios praegredientes amicos,
id. ib. 13, 4: cum alii fossas complerent, alii defensores vallo depellerent, Caes. B. G. 3, 25; id. B. C. 1, 55:
alii experimentorum notitiam necessariam esse contendunt, alii non satis potentem usum esse proponunt, Cels. prooem.: quae minus tuta erant, alia fossis, alia vallis, alia turribus muniebat,
Liv. 32, 5; so Vulg. Matt. 13, 5 sqq.; ib. 1 Cor. 12, 10; Cels. 3, 3, enumerating the different kinds of fever, repeats aliae seventeen times:
cum aliis Q. Frater legatus, aliis C. Pomptinus legatus, reliquis M. Anneius legatus etc.,
Cic. Fam. 15, 4, 8:
proferebant alii purpuram, tus alii, gemmas alii, vina non nulli Graeca,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 56, § 146: alias bestias nantes, alias volucres, serpentes quasdam, quasdam esse gradientes; earum ipsarum partim solivagas, partim congregatas;
immanes alias, quasdam autem cicures, non nullas abditas,
id. Tusc. 5, 13, 38:
principes partim interfecerant, alios in exsilium ejecerant,
Nep. Pelop. 1, 4:
nos alii ibimus Afros, pars Scythiam veniemus,
Verg. E. 1, 65:
alii superstantes proeliarentur, pars occulti muros subruerent,
Tac. H. 4, 23.—Sometimes alius is omitted in one clause:
Helvetii ea spe dejecti navibus junctis, alii vadis Rhodani, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 1, 8:
Veientes ignari in partem praedae suae vocatos deos, alios votis ex urbe sua evocatos, etc.,
Liv. 5, 21; Plin. 2, 43, 44, § 114:
castra metari placuit, ut opus et alii proelium inciperent,
Tac. A. 1, 63.—Also with aliquis:
alia sunt tamquam sibi nata, ut oculi, ut aures: aliqua etiam ceterorum membrorum usum adjuvant,
Cic. Fin. 3, 19, 63: [putat aliquis esse voluptatem bonum;
alius autem pecuniam],
id. Tusc. 5, 28, 60 B. and K.; cf. Goer. ad Cic. Ac. 2, 10, 20.—Sometimes aliud... aliud designate merely a distinction between two objects contrasted, one thing... another:
Numquam aliud natura, aliud sapientia dicit,
Juv. 14, 321:
Fuit tempus, quo alia adversa, alia secunda principi,
Plin. Pan. 72:
aliud est male dicere, aliud accusare,
Cic. Cael. 3; id. Lig. 16; Quint. 10, 1, 53:
aliud est servum esse, aliud servire,
id. 5, 10, 60 al.:
jam sciunt longe aliud esse virgines rapere, aliud pugnare cum viris,
Liv. 1, 12; cf. infra, e.—
B.
Alius repeated in another case, or with its derivatives, aliter, alias, alio, alibi, aliunde, etc. (but never with its derivatives in Tac.), in imitation of the Greek (cf. L. and S. s. v. allos, and Ochsn. Eclog. 110): simul alis alid aliunde rumitant inter se, Naev. ap. Fest. pp. 135 and 225; cf.
Bothe, Fragm. Comic. p. 25: alius alium percontamur, cuja est navis?
one another, Plaut. Stich. 2, 2, 46:
fallacia alia aliam trudit,
Ter. And. 4, 4, 40:
fecerunt alii quidem alia quam multa,
Cic. Phil. 3, 20, 6:
signa et ornamenta alia alio in loco intuebantur,
some in one place and some in another, id. Verr. 2. 1, 22:
alius in alia est re magis utilis,
id. Sex. Rosc. 111:
alius ex alia parte,
id. Verr. 1, 66:
dies alios alio dedit ordine Luna felicis operum,
Verg. G. 1, 276:
ut ipsi inter se alii aliis prodesse possent,
Cic. Off. 1, 7, 22; id. Leg. 1, 12, 33:
ideo multa conjecta sunt, aliud alio tempore,
id. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 7:
habes Sardos venales, alium alio nequiorem,
one worse than another, id. Fam. 7, 24: quo facto cum alius alii subsidium ferrent, one to another, Fr., l'un a
l'autre,
Caes. B. G. 2, 26 Herz.:
legiones aliae alia in parte resistunt,
id. ib. 2, 22:
alius alia causa illata,
id. ib. 1, 39:
cum ceteros alii alium alia de causa improbarent,
Suet. Vesp. 6:
alius alii subsidium ferunt,
Caes. B. G. 2, 26:
alius alio more viventes,
each in a different way, Sall. C. 6, 2:
alius alii tanti facinoris conscii,
id. ib. 22, 2; so id. ib. 52, 28; id. J. 53, 8; Curt. 10, 5, 16; Just. 15, 2:
alii autem aliud clamabant,
Vulg. Act. 19, 32:
illi alias aliud iisdem de rebus sentiunt,
now this, now that, Cic. de Or. 2, 7 fin.:
aliter ab aliis digeruntur,
id. ib. 2, 19; Vulg. 3 Reg. 22, 20:
equites alii alia dilapsi sunt,
some in this way, some in that, Liv. 44, 43:
cum alii alio mitterentur,
id. 7, 39: Alis alibi stantes, omnes tamen adversis volneribus conciderunt, Sall. ap. Charis. 2, p. 133:
jussit alios alibi fodere,
Liv. 44, 33; Vulg. Sap. 18, 18.—
C.
Alius ex alio, super alium, post alium, one after another; so often of the connection between ideas:
ut aliud ex alio incidit, occurrit, etc.,
Ter. Heaut. 3, 3, 37:
aliud ex alio succurrit mihi,
Cic. Fragm. C. 12:
alid ex alio reficit natura,
Lucr. 1, 263; 5, 1305; 5, 1456: sed, [p. 91] ut aliud ex alio, mihi non est dubium, quin, etc., Cic. Att. 16, 14, Plin. Pan. 18, 1:
ex alio in aliud vicissitudo atque mutatio,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 24, 69:
alias ex aliis nectendo moras,
Liv. 7, 39:
aliam ex alia prolem,
Verg. G. 3, 65; id. Cir. 364:
nos alia ex aliis in fata vocamur,
id. A. 3, 494:
quae impie per biennium alia super alia es ausus,
Liv. 3, 56; 23, 36:
aliud super aliud scelus,
id. 30, 26; Plin. Ep. 7, 8; Suet. Ner. 49:
deinde ab eo magistratu alium post alium sibi peperit,
Sall. J. 63, 5.—
D.
Alius atque alius or alius aliusque, the one and the other; now this, now that; different:
eadem res saepe aut probatur aut reicitur, alio atque alio elata verbo,
Cic. Or. 22, 72:
alio atque alio loco requiescere,
in different places, Sall. J. 72, 2:
inchoata res aliis atque aliis de causis dilata erat,
Liv. 8, 23:
aliud ejus subinde atque aliud facientes initium,
Sen. Ep. 32, 2:
cum alia atque alia appetendo loca munirent,
Liv. 1, 8:
milites trans flumen aliis atque aliis locis traiciebant,
id. 2, 2:
luna alio atque alio loco exoritur,
Plin. 2, 10:
febres aliae aliaeque subinde oriuntur,
Cels. 3, 3:
cancer aliis aliisque signis discernitur,
id. 5, 26:
aliis atque aliis causis,
Suet. Aug. 97.—In Sall. also alius deinde alius or alius post alius:
saepe tentantes agros alia deinde alia loca petiverant, J. 18, 7: alias deinde alias morae causas facere,
id. ib. 36, 2:
aliis post aliis minitari,
id. ib. 55, 8.—
E.
Of another kind or nature, i. e. different; hence, alium facere, to make different, to change, transform; and alium fleri, to become different, to be wholly changed:
nunc haec dies aliam vitam affert, alios mores postulat,
Ter. And. 1, 2, 18 (aliam vitam pro diversam, contrariam, Don.):
alium nunc censes esse me atque olim cum dabam,
id. ib. 3, 3, 13:
Huic aliud mercedis erit,
Verg. E. 6, 26:
longe alia mihi mens est,
Sall. C. 52, 2:
Vos aliam potatis aquam,
Juv. 5, 52:
lectus non alius cuiquam,
id. 8, 178:
ensesque recondit mors alia,
Stat. Th. 7, 806:
ostensus est in alia effigie,
Vulg. Marc. 16, 12; ib. Rom. 7, 23; ib. Gal. 1, 6; ib. Jac. 2, 25:
alium fecisti me, alius ad te veneram,
Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 123: alius nunc fieri volo, id. Poen. prol. fin.:
homines alii facti sunt,
Cic. Fam. 11, 12:
mutaberis in virum alium,
Vulg. 1 Reg. 10, 6; cf. supra, II. A. fin. —Hence, in alia omnia ire, transire, or discedere, sc. vota, to differ from the thing proposed; and in gen., to reject or oppose it, to go over to the opposite side: qui hoc censetis, illuc transite;
qui alia omnia, in hanc partem: his verbis praeit ominis videlicet causa, ne dicat: qui non censetis,
Fest. p. 221; Plin. Ep. 8, 14, 19:
frequens eum senatus reliquit et in alia omnia discessit,
Cic. Fam. 10, 12:
de tribus legatis frequentes ierunt in alia omnia,
id. ib. 1, 2 Manut.: cum prima M. Marcelli sententia pronunciata esset, frequens senatus in alia omnia iit, Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 13:
discessionem faciente Marcello, senatus frequens in alia omnia transiit,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 53: aliud or alias res agere, v. ago, II. 7.—
F.
Of that which remains of a whole, = reliquus, ceteri, the rest, the remainder:
Divitiaco ex aliis Gallis maximam fidem habebat,
Caes. B. G. 1, 41:
inter primos atrox proelium fuit, alia multitudo terga vertit,
Liv. 7, 26:
vulgus aliud trucidatum,
id. 7, 19; 2, 23; so id. 24, 1:
legiones in testudinem glomerabantur et alii tela incutiebant,
Tac. H. 3, 31; id. A. 1, 30; 3, 42:
cum alios incessus hostis clausisset, unum reliquum aestas impediret,
id. ib. 6, 33 al.—
G.
Like alter, one of two, the other of two:
huic fuerunt filii nati duo, alium servus surpuit, etc.,
Plaut. Capt. prol. 8; cf. id. ib. arg. 2 and 9: eis genus, aetas, eloquentia prope aequalia fuere;
magnitudo animi par, item gloria, sed alia alii,
Sall. C. 54, 1 Kritz:
duo Romani super alium alius corruerunt,
one upon the other, Liv. 1, 25, 5:
ita duo deinceps reges, alius alia via, civitatem auxerunt,
each in a different way, id. 1, 21, 6; 24, 27:
marique alio Nicopolim ingressus,
Tac. A. 5, 10 ( Ionio, Halm); so,
alias partes fovere,
the other side, id. H. 1, 8.—Also in the enumeration of the parts of any thing:
Gallia est omnis divisa in partes tres, quarum unam incolunt Belgae, aliam Aquitani, tertiam Celtae,
Caes. B. G. 1, 1 Herz.:
classium item duo genera sunt: unum liburnarum, aliud lusoriarum,
Veg. 2, 1 (cf. in Gr. meinantes de tautên tên hêmeran, têi allêi eporeuonto, Xen. Anab. 3, 4, 1; and so the Vulg.: Alia die profecti, the next day, Act. 21, 8).—Hence, alius with a proper name used as an appell. (cf. alter):
ne quis alius Ariovistus regno Galliarum potiretur,
a second Ariovistus, Tac. H. 4, 73 fin.:
alius Nero,
Suet. Tit. 7.—
H.
A peculiar enhancement of the idea is produced by alius with a neg. and the comp.:
mulier, qua mulier alia nulla est pulchrior,
than whom no other woman is more beautiful, to whom no other woman is equal in beauty, Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 100:
facinus, quo non fortius ausit alis,
Cat. 66, 28:
Fama malum qua non aliud velocius ullum,
Verg. A. 4, 174:
quo neque melius neque amplius aliud in natura mortalium est,
Sall. J. 2, 4:
quo non aliud atrocius visum,
Tac. A. 6, 24:
(Sulla) neque consilio neque manu priorem alium pati,
Sall. J. 96, 3:
neque majus aliud neque praestabilius invenias,
id. ib. 1, 2; Liv. 1, 24:
non alia ante Romana pugna atrocior fuit,
id. 1, 27; 2, 31; Tac. A. 6, 7 al.; cf. under aliter, 2. b. z.—Hence the advv.
A.
ălĭō, adv. (an old dat. form, designating direction to a place; cf.: eo, quo), elsewhither (arch.), elsewhere, to another place, person, or thing, allose (class., esp. among poets; but not found in Lucr. or Juv.).
1.
In gen.
a.
Of place:
fortasse tu profectus alio fueras,
Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 49:
ut ab Norba alio traducerentur,
Liv. 32, 2:
translatos alio maerebis amores,
Hor. Epod. 15, 23:
decurrens alio,
id. S. 2, 1, 32:
nam frustra vitium vitaveris illud, Si te alio pravum detorseris,
id. ib. 2, 2, 55.—With quo:
Arpinumne mihi eundum sit, an quo alio,
to some other place, Cic. Att. 9, 17:
si quando Romam aliove quo mitterent legatos,
Liv. 38, 30. —
b.
Of persons or things (cf. alias, alibi, alicunde, etc.):
illi suum animum alio conferunt,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 4, 10 (cf. Plaut. Merc. 2, 2, 62:
ne ad illam me animum adjecisse sentiat): ne quando iratus tu alio conferas,
id. Eun. 3, 1, 60 Don.:
hi narrata ferunt alio,
Ov. M. 12, 57: tamen vocat me alio ( to another subject) jam dudum tacita vestra exspectatio, Cic. Clu. 23, 63; id. Verr. 2, 1, 53, § 139:
sed, si placet, sermonem alio transferamus,
id. de Or. 1, 29, 133:
quoniam alio properare tempus monet,
Sall. J. 19, 2; so Tac. A. 1, 18 al.—
c.
Of purpose or design:
appellet haec desideria naturae: cupiditatis nomen servet alio,
for another purpose, Cic. Fin. 2, 9, 27:
hoc longe alio spectabat,
looked quite elsewhere, had a far different design, Nep. Them. 6, 3.—
2.
a.. Alio... alio, in one way... in another; hither... thither, = huc... illuc:
hic (i. e. in ea re) alio res familiaris, alio ducit humanitas,
Cic. Off. 3, 23, 89: alio atque alio, in one way and another:
nihil alio atque alio spargitur,
Sen. Brev. Vit. 11, 2.—
b.
Alius alio, each in a different way, one in one way, another in another:
et ceteri quidem alius alio,
Cic. Off. 3, 20, 80:
aliud alio dissipavit,
id. Div. 1, 34, 76; so Liv. 2, 54, 9; 7, 39.—So, aliunde alio, from one place to another:
quassatione terrae aliunde alio (aquae) transferuntur,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 11, 1; cf. aliunde.—
c.
Like alius or aliter with a negative and the particles of comparison quam or atque;
in questions with nisi: plebem nusquam alio natam quam ad serviendum,
for nothing but, Liv. 7, 18, 7: non alio datam summam quam in emptionem, etc., * Suet. Aug. 98 Ruhnk.:
quo alio nisi ad nos confugerent?
Liv. 39, 36, 11; cf. Hand, Turs. I. pp. 232-234.—
B.
ălĭā, adv. (sc. via), in another way, in a different manner (in the whole ante-class. and class. per. dub.); for in Plaut. Rud. prol. 10, aliuta has been proposed; in Lucr. 6, 986, Lachm. reads alio; in Liv. 21, 56, 2, Weissenb. alibi; and in id. 44, 43, 2, via may be supplied from the preced. context; certain only in Don. ad Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 5; cf. Hand, Turs. I. p. 219.—
C.
ălĭās, adv. (acc. to Prisc. 1014 P., and Corss. Ausspr. I. p. 769, an acc. form like foras; but acc. to Herz. ad Caes. B. G. 5, 57, and Hab. Syn. 79, old gen. like paterfamili as, Alcmen as, etc. In the ante-class. per. rare; only once in Plaut., twice in Ter., twice in Varro; in the class. per. most freq. in Cic., but only three times in his orations; also in Plin.).
1.
Of time, at a time other than the present, whether it be in the past or (more freq.) in the future.
a.
At another time, at other times, on another occasion (alias: temporis adverbium, quod Graeci allote, aliter allôs, Capitol. Orth. 2242 P.; cf.
Herz. and Hab., as cited above): alias ut uti possim causa hac integra,
Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 4; so id. And. 3, 2, 49 (alias = alio tempore, Don.):
sed alias jocabimur,
Cic. Fam. 7, 13, 2:
sed plura scribemus alias,
id. ib. 7, 6:
et alias et in consulatus petitione vinci,
id. Planc. 18:
nil oriturum alias,
Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 17.—In the future, freq. in contrast with nunc, in praesentia, tum, hactenus:
recte secusne, alias viderimus,
Cic. Ac. 2, 44, 135:
Hactenus haec: alias justum sit necne poema, Nunc, etc.,
Hor. S. 1, 4, 63: sed haec alias pluribus;
nunc, etc.,
Cic. Div. 2, 2 fin.; Liv. 44, 36 fin.: quare placeat, alias ostendemus; in praesentia, etc., Auct. ad Her. 3, 16, 28.—In the past:
gubernatores alias imperare soliti, tum metu mortis jussa exsequebantur,
Curt. 4, 3, 18:
alias bellare inter se solitos, tunc periculi societas junxerat,
id. 9, 4, 15.—Freq. with advv. of time;
as numquam, umquam, and the like: si umquam in dicendo fuimus aliquid, aut etiam si numquam alias fuimus, tum profecto, etc.,
Cic. Att. 4, 2, 2:
consilio numquam alias dato,
Hor. C. 3, 5, 45:
numquam ante alias,
Liv. 2, 22, 7:
non umquam alias ante tantus terror senatum invasit,
id. 2, 9, 5; 1, 28, 4:
si quando umquam ante alias,
id. 32, 5 (where the four advv. of time are to be taken together):
Saturnalibus et si quando alias libuisset, modo munera dividebat,
Suet. Aug. 75.—
b.
Alias... alias, as in Gr. allote... allote; allote men... allote de, at one time... at another; once... another time; sometimes... sometimes; now... now:
Alias me poscit pro illa triginta minas, Alias talentum magnum,
Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 63; so Varr. L. L. 8, § 76 Mull.; id. R. R. 2, 1, 15; Cic. Verr. 1, 46, 120:
nec potest quisquam alias beatus esse, alias miser,
id. Fin. 2, 27, 87:
contentius alias, alias summissius,
id. de Or. 3, 55, 212:
cum alias bellum inferrent, alias inlatum defenderent,
Caes. B. G. 2, 29; so id. ib. 5, 57 al.; it occurs four times in successive clauses in Cic. Inv. 1, 52, 99.—Sometimes plerumque, saepe, aliquando, interdum stand in corresponding clauses:
nec umquam sine usura reddit (terra), quod accepit, sed alias minore, plerumque majore cum foenore,
Cic. Sen. 15, 51:
geminatio verborum habet interdum vim, leporem alias,
id. de Or. 3, 54, 206:
hoc alias fastidio, alias contumacia, saepius imbecillitate, evenit,
Plin. 16, 32, 58, § 134; 7, 15, 13, § 63.—Sometimes one alias is omitted:
illi eruptione tentata alias cuniculis ad aggerem actis, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 3, 21; Plin. 26, 3, 7, § 13.—
c.
Alias aliter, alias alius, etc. (cf. alius), at one time in one way... at another in another; now so... now otherwise; now this... now that:
et alias aliter haec in utramque partem causae solent convenire,
Cic. Inv. 2, 13, 45:
alii enim sunt, alias nostrique familiares fere demortui,
id. Att. 16, 11 (Madv. interprets this of time):
illi alias aliud iisdem de rebus judicant,
id. de Or. 2, 7, 30; id. Or. 59, 200:
(deos) non semper eosdem atque alias alios solemus venerari,
id. Red. in Sen. 30:
ut iidem versus alias in aliam rem posse accommodari viderentur,
id. Div. 2, 54, 111.—
d.
Saepe alias or alias saepe... nunc, nuper, quondam, etc.;
also: cum saepe alias... tum, etc. (very common in Cic.): quod cum saepe alias tum nuper, etc.,
Cic. Tusc. 4, 4, 7:
fecimus et alias saepe et nuper in Tusculano,
id. ib. 5, 4, 11:
quibus de rebus et alias saepe... et quondam in Hortensii villa,
id. Ac. 2, 3, 9:
quorum pater et saepe alias et maxime censor saluti rei publicae fuit,
id. de Or. 1, 9, 38:
cum saepe alias, tum apud centumviros,
id. Brut. 39, 144:
cum saepe alias, tum Pyrrhi bello,
id. Off. 3, 22, 86; 3, 11, 47:
neque tum solum, sed saepe alias,
Nep. Hann. 11, 7.—In comparative sentences rare:
nunc tamen libentius quam saepe alias,
Symm. Ep. 1, 90.—So,
e.
Semper alias, always at other times or in other cases (apparently only post-Aug.): et super cenam autem et semper alias communissimus, multa joco transigebat. Suet. Vesp. 22; id. Tib. 18; Gell. 15, 1.—
f.
Raro alias, rarely at other times, on other occasions:
ut raro alias quisquam tanto favore est auditus,
Liv. 45, 20; 3, 69; Tac. H. 1, 89.—
g.
Non alias, at no other time, never, = numquam (a choice poet. expression, often imitated by [p. 92] the histt.):
non alias caelo ceciderunt plura sereno Fulgura,
never at any other time did so much lightning fall from a clear sky, Verg. G. 1, 487:
non alias militi familiarior dux fuit,
Liv. 7, 33; 45, 7:
non alias majore mole concursum,
Tac. A. 2, 46; 4. 69;
11, 31: non sane alias exercitatior Britannia fuit,
id. Agr. 5:
haud alias intentior populus plus vocis permisit,
id. A. 3, 11, and 15, 46; Suet. Tit. 8; Flor. 3, 6.—
2.
Of place, at another place, elsewhere; or in respect of other things, in other circumstances, otherwise (only post-Aug.; v. Madv. ad Cic. Fin. 1, 3, 7):
Idaeus rubus appellatus est, quoniam in Ida, non alias, nascitur,
Plin. 24, 14, 75, § 123 (Jan, alius): nusquam alias tam torrens fretum, * Just. 4, 1, 9:
sicut vir alias doctissimus Cornutus existimat,
Macr. S. 5, 19.—
3.
Alias for alioqui (only post-Aug.), to indicate that something is in a different condition in one instance, not in others, except that, for the rest, otherwise:
in Silaro non virgulta modo immersa, verum et folia lapidescunt, alias salubri potu ejus aquae,
Plin. 2, 103, 106, § 224; so id. 18, 6, 7, § 37; 19, 8, 48, § 163; 25, 2, 6, § 16 al.—
4.
Non alias quam, for no other reason, on no other condition, in no other circumstances than, not other than; and non alias nisi, on no other condition, not otherwise, except (prob. taken from the lang. of common life):
non alias magis indoluisse Caesarem ferunt quam quod, etc.,
Tac. A. 3, 73:
debilitatum vulnere jacuisse non alias quam simulatione mortis tutiorem,
by nothing safer than by feigning death, Curt. 8, 1, 24; 8, 14, 16; Dig. 29, 7, 6, § 2: non alias ( on no other condition) existet heres ex substitutione nisi, etc., ib. 28, 6, 8; 23, 3, 37, 23, 3, 29.—
5.
Alias like aliter, in another manner; flrst in the Lat. of the jurists (cf. Suet. Tib. 71 Oud.; Liv. 21, 56, 2 Drak.; Ter. And. 3, 2, 49 Ruhnk.), Dig. 33, 8, 8, § 8; cf. Hand, Turs. I. pp. 219-227. —
D.
ălĭtĕr, adv. [alis; v. alius init. ], otherwise, in another manner, allôs.
1.
With comparative-clause expressed; constr. both affirm. and neg. without distinction.
a.
With atque, ac, quam, and rarely ut, otherwise than, different from what, etc., Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 23:
sed aliter atque ostenderam facio,
Cic. Fam. 2, 3, 4; Ter. Ad. 4, 3, 6:
aliter ac nos vellemus,
Cic. Mil. 9, 23:
de quo tu aliter sentias atque ego,
id. Fin. 4, 22, 60; id. Att. 6, 3:
si aliter nos faciant quam aequum est,
Plaut. Stich. 1, 1, 42:
si aliter quippiam coacti faciant quam libere,
Cic. Rab. Post. 11, 29; id. Verr. 2, 1, 19, § 24; id. Inv. 2, 22, 66:
Sed si aliter ut dixi accidisset, qui possem queri?
id. Rep. 1, 4, 7.—
b.
Non (or haud) aliter, not otherwise (per litoten), = just as; with quam si, ac si, quam cum, quam, exactly, just as if:
Non aliter quam si ruat omnis Karthago,
Verg. A. 4, 669:
dividor haud aliter quam si mea membra relinquam,
Ov. Tr. 1, 3, 73:
nihil in senatu actum aliter quam si, etc.,
Liv. 23, 4; 21, 63, 9:
illi negabant se aliter ituros quam si, etc.,
id. 3, 51, 12:
nec aliter quam si mihi tradatur, etc., Quint. prooem. 5: ut non aliter ratio constet quam si uni reddatur,
Tac. A. 1, 6; 1, 49:
Non aliter quam si fecisset Juno maritum Insanum,
Juv. 6, 619; Suet. Aug. 40:
non aliter quam cum, etc.,
Ov. F. 2, 209; so id. M. 2, 623; 4, 348; 6, 516 al.:
nec scripsi aliter ac si, etc.,
Cic. Att. 13, 51; Suet. Oth. 6; Col. 2, 14 (15), 8:
Non aliter quam qui lembum subigit,
Verg. G. 1, 201:
non aliter praeformidat quam qui ferrum medici, priusquam curetur, aspexit,
Quint. 4, 5, 5; so id. 4, 5, 22; 2, 5, 11:
neque aliter quam ii, qui traduntur, etc.,
id. 5, 8, 1:
patere inde aliquid decrescere, non aliter quam Institor hibernae tegetis,
Juv. 7, 220:
successorem non aliter quam indicium mortis accepturum,
Tac. A. 6, 30.—
* c.
Aliter ab aliquo (analog. to alius with the abl., and alienus with ab), differently from any one:
cultores regionum multo aliter a ceteris agunt,
Mel. 1, 9, 6.—
d.
Non ali ter nisi, by no other means, on no other condition, not otherwise, except:
qui aliter obsistere fato fatetur se non potuisse, nisi etc.,
Cic. Fat. 20, 48; id. Fam. 1, 9: non pati C. Caesarem consulem aliter fieri, nisi exercitum et provincias tradiderit, Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 14; so Lentulus ap. Cic. Fam. 12, 14, 18; Liv. 35, 39; 45, 11; 38; Tac. Or. 32; Just. 12, 14, 7; Suet. Ner. 36; Dig. 37, 9, 6; 48, 18, 9. —
e.
Non aliter quam ut, on no other condition than that:
neque aliter poterit palos, ad quos perducitur, pertingere, quam ut diffluat,
Col. Arb. 7, 5; so Suet. Tib. 15; 24; id. Galb. 8; Curt. 9, 5, 23.—
2.
Without a comparative clause expressed.
a.
In gen., otherwise, in another manner, in other respects; and in the poets: haud aliter (per litoten), just so:
vale atque salve, etsi aliter ut dicam meres,
though you deserve that I speak differently, Plaut. Capt. 3, 5, 86 Brix:
tu si aliter existimes, nihil errabis,
Cic. Fam. 3, 7, 16:
ut eadem ab utrisque dicantur, aliter dicuntur,
in a different sense, Plin. Pan. 72, 7:
Si quis aliter docet,
Vulg. 1 Tim. 6, 3:
quae aliter se habent,
ib. ib. 5, 25:
Quippe aliter tunc vivebant homines,
Juv. 6, 11: quod uterque nostrum his etiam ex studiis notus, quibus aliter ignotus est, otherwise, i. e. personally, unknown, Plin. Ep. 9, 23, 3.—With negatives:
non fuit faciendum aliter,
Cic. Att. 6, 9; Tac. A. 15, 68:
Ergo non aliter poterit dormire?
Juv. 3, 281:
aliter haud facile eos ad tantum negotium impelli posse,
Sall. C. 44, 1; Curt. 8, 10, 27:
haud aliter Rutulo muros et castra tuenti Ignescunt irae (the comparison of the wolf precedes),
Verg. A. 9, 65:
haud aliter (i. e. like a wild beast) juvenis medios moriturus in hostes Irruit,
id. ib. 9, 554 al.; Ov. M. 8, 473; 9, 642:
non aliter (i. e. than I) Samio dicunt arsisse Bathyllo Anacreonta Teium,
Hor. Epod. 14, 10:
neque Mordaces aliter (i. e. than by means of wine) diffugiunt sollicitudines,
id. C. 1, 18, 4:
neque exercitum Romanum aliter transmissurum,
Tac. H. 5, 19:
nec aliter expiari potest,
Vulg. Num. 35, 33. —So, fieri aliter non potest or fieri non potest aliter (not fieri non aliter potest): nihil agis;
Fieri aliter non potest,
Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 13: assentior;
fieri non potuit aliter,
Cic. Att. 6, 6.—
b.
Esp.
(α).
Pregn., otherwise, in the contrary manner: Pe. Servos Epidicus dixit mihi. Ph. Quid si servo aliter visum est? i. e. if he does not speak the truth? Plaut. Ep. 4, 2, 29:
verum aliter evenire multo intellegit,
Ter. And. prol. 4 (aliter autem contra significat, Don.):
amplis cornibus et nigris potius quam aliter,
Varr. R. R. 1, 20, 1: ne aliter quid eveniat, providere de cet, otherwise than harmoniously, Sall. J. 10, 7:
dis aliter visum,
Verg. A. 2, 428:
sin aliter tibi videtur,
Vulg. Num. 11, 15: adversi... saevaque circuitu curvantem bracchia longo Scorpion atque aliter ( in the opposite direction) curvantem bracchia Cancrum, Ov. M. 2, 83: aliterque ( and in the opposite course) secante jam pelagus rostro, Luc. 8, 197.—Hence, qui aliter fecerit, who will not do that:
neu quis de his postea ad senatum referat, neve cum populo agat: qui aliter fecerit, etc.,
Sall. C. 51, 43; Just. 6, 6, 1; cf. Brisson. de Form. p. 200, and de Verb. Signif. p. 66.—
(β).
Aliter esse, to be of a different nature, differently constituted or disposed:
sed longe aliter est amicus atque amator,
Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 70: ego hunc esse aliter credidi: iste me fefellit;
ego isti nihilo sum aliter ac fui,
Ter. Phorm. 3, 2, 44; id. Ad. 3, 4, 46; Cic. Rosc. Am. 47, 137.—
(γ).
For alioqui (q. v. II. C.), otherwise, else, in any other case:
jus enim semper est quaesitum aequabile: neque enim aliter esset jus (and just after: nam aliter justitia non esset),
Cic. Off. 2, 12, 42; 1, 39, 139; id. Lael. 20, 74:
si suos legatos recipere vellent, quos Athenas miserant, se remitterent, aliter illos numquam in patriam essent recepturi,
Nep. Them. 7 fin.:
aliter sine populi jussu nulli earum rerum consuli jus est,
Sall. C. 29, 3 Kritz:
aliter non viribus ullis Vincere poteris,
Verg. A. 6, 147:
veniam ostentantes, si praesentia sequerentur: aliter nihil spei,
Tac. H. 4, 59:
quoniam aliter non possem,
Vulg. Sap. 8, 21.—
(δ).
Like alius (q. v. II. A.) repeated even several times in a distributive manner, in one way... in another: sed aliter leges, aliter philosophi tollunt astutias. Cic. Off. 3, 17, 68; so id. ib. 1, 12, 38; id. Lael. 24, 89; id. Fam. 15, 21, 6:
aliter utimur propriis, aliter commodatis,
Tac. Or. 32:
Aliter catuli longe olent, aliter sues,
Plaut. Ep. 4, 2, 9:
aliter Diodoro, aliter Philoni, Chrysippo aliter placet,
id. Ac. 2, 47, 143:
idem illud aliter Caesar, aliter Cicero, aliter Cato suadere debebit,
Quint. 3, 8, 49: Et aliter acutis morbis medendum, aliter vetustis; aliter increscentibus, aliter subsistentibus, aliter jam ad sanitatem inclinatis, Cels. prooem. p. 10.—
(ε).
With alius or its derivatives, one in one way, another in another (v. alius, II. B.):
quoniam aliter ab aliis digeruntur,
Cic. de Or. 2, 19, 79; id. Att. 7, 8; Liv. 2, 21; so id. 39, 53:
hoc ex locorum occasione aliter alibi decernitur,
Plin. 18, 5, 6, § 30; so id. 25, 4, 10, § 29.—
(ζ).
Non aliter, analog. to non alius (v. alius, II. H.) with a comp. (only in Plin.):
non aliter utilius id fieri putare quam, etc.,
Plin. 37, 2, 10, § 28:
idque non aliter clarius intellegi potest,
id. 37, 4, 15, § 59; so id. 22, 22, 36, § 78; 24, 11, 50, § 85; 28, 9, 41, § 148; cf. Hand, Turs. I. pp. 267-276.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > alius
11 send

transitive verb,

sent

1) (cause to go) schicken; senden (geh.)

send somebody to boarding school/university — jemanden ins Internat/auf die Universität schicken

send somebody on a course/tour — jemanden in einen Kurs/auf eine Tour schicken

she sends her best wishes/love — sie lässt grüßen/herzlich grüßen

send [somebody] apologies/congratulations — sich [bei jemandem] entschuldigen lassen/[jemandem] seine Glückwünsche übermitteln

send somebody home/to bed — jemanden nach Hause/ins Bett schicken; see also academic.ru/82903/word">word 1. 6)

2) (propel)

send a rocket into space — eine Rakete in den Weltraum schießen

send up clouds of dust — Staubwolken aufwirbeln

send somebody sprawling/reeling — jemanden zu Boden strecken/ins Wanken bringen; see also fly II 1. 3)

3)

send somebody mad or crazy — jemanden verrückt machen (ugs.)

send somebody to sleep — jemanden zum Einschlafen bringen

Phrasal Verbs:

- send ahead

- send away

- send back

- send down

- send for

- send in

- send off

- send on

- send out

- send up

* * *
[send]
past tense, past participle - sent; verb

1) (to cause or order to go or be taken: The teacher sent the disobedient boy to the headmaster; She sent me this book.) schicken

2) (to move rapidly or with force: He sent the ball right into the goal.) senden

3) (to cause to go into a certain, usually bad, state: The news sent them into a panic.) machen

•

- sender
- send away for
- send down
- send for
- send in
- send off
- send off for
- send out
- send someone packing / send someone about his business
- send packing / send someone about his business
- send someone packing / send about his business
- send packing / send about his business
* * *

send

<sent, sent>

[send]

I. vt

1. (forward)

▪ to \send [sb] sth [or to \send sth to sb] jdm etw [zu]schicken

to \send sth by airmail/post etw per Luftpost/mit der Post schicken

to \send cash/a cheque Bargeld/einen Scheck schicken

to \send one's comments about sth etw kommentieren

to \send flowers/a telegram to sb jdm Blumen/ein Telegramm schicken

to \send invitations Einladungen verschicken

to \send sb a message/warning jdm eine Nachricht/Warnung zukommen lassen

to \send a signal to sb jdm etw signalisieren

to \send word [to sb] [that...] ( form liter) [jdm] Mitteilung machen[, dass...] geh

she sent word with her secretary that... sie ließ durch ihre Sekretärin mitteilen, dass...

2. (pass on)

▪ to \send sb sth [or to \send sth to sb] jdm etw übermitteln [lassen]

be sure to \send my compliments to the chef ein Kompliment an den Küchenchef [o die Küche]

Maggie \sends her love and hopes you'll feel better soon Maggie lässt dich grüßen und wünscht dir gute Besserung

be sure to \send them my regrets bitte entschuldige mich bei ihnen

she sent a message with John to say that she couldn't come sie ließ durch John ausrichten, dass sie nicht kommen konnte

to \send one's regards [or respects] [or greetings] Grüße übermitteln [lassen]

3. (dispatch)

▪ to \send sb somewhere jdn irgendwohin schicken

▪ to \send sb to do sth jdn schicken, etw zu tun

▪ to \send sb as sth representative jdn als etw akk schicken

▪ to \send sb for sth jdn nach etw dat [los]schicken

to \send sb to prison jdn ins Gefängnis stecken

to \send reinforcements Verstärkung schicken

to \send sb on a trip jdn auf eine Reise schicken

4. (transmit)

▪ to \send sth etw senden [o übertragen]

to \send a message in Morse code eine Nachricht morsen

to \send a signal ein Signal aussenden

5. (propel)

▪ to \send sth somewhere etw irgendwohin bewegen

the force of the blast sent shock waves in all directions durch die Wucht der Explosion breitete sich in allen Richtungen eine Druckwelle aus

6. (cause)

▪ to \send sth in sth jdn in etw akk versetzen

her jokes sent me into fits of laughter über ihre Witze musste ich schallend lachen

watching television always \sends me to sleep beim Fernsehen schlafe ich immer ein

▪ to \send sb/sth doing sth dazu führen, dass jd/etw etw tut

the dry weather has sent vegetable prices soaring durch das trockene Wetter sind die Gemüsepreise in die Höhe geschnellt

the news sent him running back to the house die Nachricht ließ ihn wieder ins Haus laufen

to \send sb into a panic jdn in Panik versetzen

to \send shivers down sb's spine jdm Schauer über den Rücken jagen

7. BRIT (make)

to \send sb crazy [or mad] /wild jdn verrückt/wild machen

8. ( fam: affect)

▪ to \send sb jdn emotional treffen

9.

▶ to \send sb to Coventry jdn schneiden

▶ to \send sb flying jdn zu Boden schicken

▶ to \send sb packing ( fam) sagen, dass jd verschwinden soll fam

II. vi

we have to \send to Ireland to get a replacement wir müssen Irland informieren, um einen Ersatz zu bekommen

is there any way we can \send to warn him? können wir ihm irgendwie eine Warnung zukommen lassen?

* * *
[send] pret, ptp sent
1. vt

1) (= dispatch) schicken; letter, messenger schicken, senden; (= send off) letter abschicken; (RAD) radio wave ausstrahlen; signal, SOS senden; (through wires) übermitteln; data senden, übertragen

the satellite sends signals (to us) — der Satellit sendet Signale aus/sendet uns Signale

it sends the wrong signal or message (fig) — das könnte falsch verstanden werden

to send sb to prison/to his death —

to send sb on a course/tour — jdn auf einen or zu einem Kurs/auf eine Tour schicken

to send sb to university — jdn studieren lassen

to send sb for sth — jdn nach etw schicken

2)

she sends her love/congratulations/apologies etc — sie lässt grüßen/ihre Glückwünsche ausrichten/sich entschuldigen etc

send him my love/best wishes — grüßen Sie ihn von mir

3) (= propel, make go) arrow, ball schießen; (hurl) schleudern; (conveyor belt) leiten, befördern

he/the explosion sent everything crashing to the ground — er/die Explosion ließ alles krachend zu Boden fallen

the blow sent him sprawling —

the fire sent everyone running out of the building the blue ball sent the red across the table — das Feuer ließ alle das Gebäude fluchtartig verlassen die blaue Kugel ließ die rote über den Tisch rollen

the particle is sent off at an angle — das Teilchen fliegt schräg zur Seite weg

his speech sent a wave of excitement through the audience — seine Rede ließ eine Woge der Aufregung durch die Zuschauer gehen

the decision sent shock waves through the motor industry — die Entscheidung hat die Autobranche erschüttert

the explosion had sent the spaceship off course — die Explosion hatte das Raumschiff vom Kurs abgebracht

4)

(= cause to become, cause to go) this sent him into a real fury — das machte ihn fürchterlich wütend

this sent him (off) into fits of laughter — das ließ ihn in einen Lachkrampf ausbrechen

to send prices soaring — die Preise in die Höhe treiben

to send shares soaring — Aktien in die Höhe schnellen lassen

5) (inf) umhauen

that tune/he sends me — der Song/Typ haut mich um (inf), ich bin ganz hin und weg von dem Song/ihm (sl)

See:

→ sent

6) (old) geben

send her victorious — möge sie siegreich sein (liter)

2. vi

she sent to say that... — sie ließ sagen or ausrichten or bestellen, dass...

the mail-order firm suddenly stopped sending — die Versandfirma lieferte plötzlich nicht mehr

* * *

send¹ [send]

A v/t prät und pperf sent [sent]

1. jemanden senden, schicken:

send sb to bed (to school, to prison) jemanden ins Bett (auf eine Schule, ins Gefängnis) schicken;

send sb after sb jemanden jemandem nachschicken;

send sb off the field SPORT jemanden vom Platz stellen;

send sb to buy some cigarettes jemanden zum Zigarettenholen schicken

2. (to) etwas, auch Grüße, Hilfe etc senden, schicken (dat oder an akk), Ware etc versenden, -schicken (an akk)

3. den Ball, eine Kugel etc senden, jagen, schießen

4. jemanden fortjagen, -schicken: → business A 9

5. (mit adj oder ppr) machen:

send sb mad;

send sb reeling jemanden taumeln machen oder lassen; → fly¹ B 3, pack C 6, spin B 2

6. (von Gott, dem Schicksal etc)

a) senden

b) geben, gewähren

c) machen:

God send it may not be so! gebe Gott, es möge nicht so sein!

7. einen Blick etc senden:

send a glance at sb jemandem einen Blick zuwerfen; → send forth

8. ELEK senden, übertragen

9. sl jemanden total anmachen umg (Musik etc)

B v/i

1. send for

a) nach jemandem schicken, jemanden kommen lassen, jemanden holen oder rufen (lassen), jemanden zu sich bitten,

b) sich etwas kommen lassen, etwas anfordern

2. we sent after him wir schickten ihm jemanden nach

3. ELEK senden

send² [send] s

1. SCHIFF Triebkraft f, Druck m (der Wellen)

2. fig Impuls m, Antrieb m

* * *

transitive verb,

sent

1) (cause to go) schicken; senden (geh.)

send somebody to boarding school/university — jemanden ins Internat/auf die Universität schicken

send somebody on a course/tour — jemanden in einen Kurs/auf eine Tour schicken

she sends her best wishes/love — sie lässt grüßen/herzlich grüßen

send [somebody] apologies/congratulations — sich [bei jemandem] entschuldigen lassen/[jemandem] seine Glückwünsche übermitteln

send somebody home/to bed — jemanden nach Hause/ins Bett schicken; see also word 1. 6)

2) (propel)

send a rocket into space — eine Rakete in den Weltraum schießen

send up clouds of dust — Staubwolken aufwirbeln

send somebody sprawling/reeling — jemanden zu Boden strecken/ins Wanken bringen; see also fly II 1. 3)

3)

send somebody mad or crazy — jemanden verrückt machen (ugs.)

send somebody to sleep — jemanden zum Einschlafen bringen

Phrasal Verbs:

- send ahead

- send away

- send back

- send down

- send for

- send in

- send off

- send on

- send out

- send up

* * *

v.

(§ p.,p.p.: sent)

= abschicken v.

befördern v.

schicken v.

senden v.

(§ p.,pp.: sandte (sendete), gesandt (gesendet))

zusenden v.

English-german dictionary > send

См. также в других словарях:

The United States of America — The United States of America † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The United States of America BOUNDARIES AND AREA On the east the boundary is formed by the St. Croix River and an arbitrary line to the St. John, and on the north by the… … Catholic encyclopedia
The Culture — is a fictional interstellar anarchist, socialist, and utopian[1][2] society created by the Scottish writer Iain M. Banks which features in a number of science fiction novels and works of short fiction by him, collectively called the Culture… … Wikipedia
The Impossible Planet — Infobox Doctor Who episode| number=178a serial name= The Impossible Planet caption= The black hole above the rocky landscape of Krop Tor show=DW type=episode doctor=David Tennant (Tenth Doctor) companion=Billie Piper (Rose Tyler) guests= * Danny… … Wikipedia
The Byzantine Empire — The Byzantine Empire † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Byzantine Empire The ancient Roman Empire having been divided into two parts, an Eastern and a Western, the Eastern remained subject to successors of Constantine, whose capital was at … Catholic encyclopedia
Old master print — The Three Crosses, etching by Rembrandt, 1653, State III of IV An old master print is a work of art produced by a printing process within the Western tradition (European or New World). A date of about 1830 is usually taken as marking the end of… … Wikipedia
One Life to Live miscellaneous characters — The following are minor or recurring characters from the American soap opera One Life to Live. Contents 1 Kimberly Andrews 2 Nigel Bartholomew Smythe … Wikipedia
The Cherry Orchard — (Вишнëвый сад or Vishniovy sad in Russian) is Russian playwright Anton Chekhov s last play. It premiered at the Moscow Art Theatre 17 January 1904 in a production directed by Constantin Stanislavski. Chekhov intended this play as a comedy and it… … Wikipedia
The Urantia Book — Cover of the … Wikipedia
The Brehon Laws — The Brehon Laws † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Brehon Laws Brehon law is the usual term for Irish native law, as administered in Ireland down to almost the middle of the seventeenth century, and in fact amongst the native Irish until… … Catholic encyclopedia
The Sacrament of Penance — The Sacrament of Penance † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Sacrament of Penance Penance is a sacrament of the New Law instituted by Christ in which forgiveness of sins committed after baptism is granted through the priest s absolution to… … Catholic encyclopedia
The Blessed Virgin Mary — The Blessed Virgin Mary † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Blessed Virgin Mary The Blessed Virgin Mary is the mother of Jesus Christ, the mother of God. In general, the theology and history of Mary the Mother of God follow the… … Catholic encyclopedia

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

in some respects the old one is better

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

in some respects the old one is better

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: